Regenerate translation files.
[binutils.git] / bfd / elf.c
blob4bc5a78ff4e07a90bfe3ea54a36ae391e8ba7eb9
1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
21 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
25 SECTION
26 ELF backends
28 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
29 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
30 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
32 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
33 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
34 haven't bothered yet. */
36 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
37 #define _SYSCALL32
38 #include "sysdep.h"
39 #include "bfd.h"
40 #include "bfdlink.h"
41 #include "libbfd.h"
42 #define ARCH_SIZE 0
43 #include "elf-bfd.h"
44 #include "libiberty.h"
45 #include "safe-ctype.h"
47 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
48 static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *);
49 static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *);
50 static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int) ;
51 static bfd_boolean elfcore_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ;
53 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
54 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
55 need to move into elfcode.h. */
57 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
59 void
60 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd,
61 const Elf_External_Verdef *src,
62 Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst)
64 dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version);
65 dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags);
66 dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx);
67 dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt);
68 dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash);
69 dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux);
70 dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next);
73 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
75 void
76 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd,
77 const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src,
78 Elf_External_Verdef *dst)
80 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version);
81 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags);
82 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx);
83 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt);
84 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash);
85 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux);
86 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next);
89 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
91 void
92 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd,
93 const Elf_External_Verdaux *src,
94 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst)
96 dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name);
97 dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next);
100 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
102 void
103 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd,
104 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src,
105 Elf_External_Verdaux *dst)
107 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name);
108 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next);
111 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
113 void
114 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd,
115 const Elf_External_Verneed *src,
116 Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst)
118 dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version);
119 dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt);
120 dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file);
121 dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux);
122 dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next);
125 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
127 void
128 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd,
129 const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src,
130 Elf_External_Verneed *dst)
132 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version);
133 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt);
134 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file);
135 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux);
136 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next);
139 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
141 void
142 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd,
143 const Elf_External_Vernaux *src,
144 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst)
146 dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash);
147 dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags);
148 dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other);
149 dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name);
150 dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next);
153 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
155 void
156 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd,
157 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src,
158 Elf_External_Vernaux *dst)
160 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash);
161 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags);
162 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other);
163 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name);
164 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next);
167 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
169 void
170 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd,
171 const Elf_External_Versym *src,
172 Elf_Internal_Versym *dst)
174 dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers);
177 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
179 void
180 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd,
181 const Elf_Internal_Versym *src,
182 Elf_External_Versym *dst)
184 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers);
187 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
188 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
190 unsigned long
191 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg)
193 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
194 unsigned long h = 0;
195 unsigned long g;
196 int ch;
198 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
200 h = (h << 4) + ch;
201 if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0)
203 h ^= g >> 24;
204 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
205 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
206 h ^= g;
209 return h & 0xffffffff;
212 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
213 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
215 unsigned long
216 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg)
218 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
219 unsigned long h = 5381;
220 unsigned char ch;
222 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
223 h = (h << 5) + h + ch;
224 return h & 0xffffffff;
227 bfd_boolean
228 bfd_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
230 if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL)
232 abfd->tdata.any = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
233 if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL)
234 return FALSE;
237 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = (bfd_size_type) -1;
239 return TRUE;
242 bfd_boolean
243 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd)
245 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
246 return bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd);
249 char *
250 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
252 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
253 bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL;
254 file_ptr offset;
255 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize;
257 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
258 if (i_shdrp == 0
259 || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)
260 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0)
261 return NULL;
263 shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents;
264 if (shstrtab == NULL)
266 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
267 offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset;
268 shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size;
270 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
271 in case the string table is not terminated. */
272 if (shstrtabsize + 1 == 0
273 || (shstrtab = bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL
274 || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
275 shstrtab = NULL;
276 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize)
278 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
279 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
280 shstrtab = NULL;
282 else
283 shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0';
284 i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab;
286 return (char *) shstrtab;
289 char *
290 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd,
291 unsigned int shindex,
292 unsigned int strindex)
294 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
296 if (strindex == 0)
297 return "";
299 if (elf_elfsections (abfd) == NULL || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
300 return NULL;
302 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
304 if (hdr->contents == NULL
305 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL)
306 return NULL;
308 if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size)
310 unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx;
311 (*_bfd_error_handler)
312 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
313 abfd, strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size,
314 (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name
315 ? ".shstrtab"
316 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name)));
317 return "";
320 return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex;
323 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
324 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
325 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
326 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
327 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. */
329 Elf_Internal_Sym *
330 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd,
331 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
332 size_t symcount,
333 size_t symoffset,
334 Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf,
335 void *extsym_buf,
336 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf)
338 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr;
339 void *alloc_ext;
340 const bfd_byte *esym;
341 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx;
342 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx;
343 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
344 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
345 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
346 size_t extsym_size;
347 bfd_size_type amt;
348 file_ptr pos;
350 if (symcount == 0)
351 return intsym_buf;
353 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
354 shndx_hdr = NULL;
355 if (symtab_hdr == &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr)
356 shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
358 /* Read the symbols. */
359 alloc_ext = NULL;
360 alloc_extshndx = NULL;
361 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
362 extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
363 amt = symcount * extsym_size;
364 pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size;
365 if (extsym_buf == NULL)
367 alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size);
368 extsym_buf = alloc_ext;
370 if (extsym_buf == NULL
371 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
372 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
374 intsym_buf = NULL;
375 goto out;
378 if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0)
379 extshndx_buf = NULL;
380 else
382 amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
383 pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
384 if (extshndx_buf == NULL)
386 alloc_extshndx = bfd_malloc2 (symcount,
387 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
388 extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx;
390 if (extshndx_buf == NULL
391 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
392 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
394 intsym_buf = NULL;
395 goto out;
399 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
401 intsym_buf = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym));
402 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
403 goto out;
406 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
407 isymend = intsym_buf + symcount;
408 for (esym = extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf, shndx = extshndx_buf;
409 isym < isymend;
410 esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL)
411 if (!(*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym))
413 symoffset += (esym - (bfd_byte *) extsym_buf) / extsym_size;
414 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
415 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
416 ibfd, (unsigned long) symoffset);
417 intsym_buf = NULL;
418 goto out;
421 out:
422 if (alloc_ext != NULL)
423 free (alloc_ext);
424 if (alloc_extshndx != NULL)
425 free (alloc_extshndx);
427 return intsym_buf;
430 /* Look up a symbol name. */
431 const char *
432 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd,
433 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
434 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
435 asection *sym_sec)
437 const char *name;
438 unsigned int iname = isym->st_name;
439 unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link;
441 if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
442 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
443 && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd)
444 && !(isym->st_shndx >= SHN_LORESERVE && isym->st_shndx <= SHN_HIRESERVE))
446 iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name;
447 shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx;
450 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname);
451 if (name == NULL)
452 name = "(null)";
453 else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0')
454 name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec);
456 return name;
459 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
460 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
461 pointers. */
463 typedef union elf_internal_group {
464 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr;
465 unsigned int flags;
466 } Elf_Internal_Group;
468 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
469 signature just a string? */
471 static const char *
472 group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr)
474 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
475 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
476 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
477 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
479 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
480 that it is a symbol table section. */
481 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link];
482 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
483 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link))
484 return NULL;
486 /* Go read the symbol. */
487 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
488 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info,
489 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
490 return NULL;
492 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL);
495 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
497 static bfd_boolean
498 setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect)
500 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
502 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
503 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
504 if (num_group == 0)
506 unsigned int i, shnum;
508 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
509 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
510 shnum = elf_numsections (abfd);
511 num_group = 0;
513 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr) \
514 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
515 && (shdr)->sh_size >= (2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) \
516 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
517 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
519 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
521 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
523 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr))
524 num_group += 1;
527 if (num_group == 0)
529 num_group = (unsigned) -1;
530 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
532 else
534 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
535 so we can find them quickly. */
536 bfd_size_type amt;
538 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
539 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr
540 = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
541 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL)
542 return FALSE;
544 num_group = 0;
545 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
547 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
549 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr))
551 unsigned char *src;
552 Elf_Internal_Group *dest;
554 /* Add to list of sections. */
555 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr;
556 num_group += 1;
558 /* Read the raw contents. */
559 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4);
560 amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4;
561 shdr->contents = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size,
562 sizeof (*dest) / 4);
563 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
564 if (shdr->contents == NULL)
566 _bfd_error_handler
567 (_("%B: Corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd, shdr->sh_size);
568 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
569 return FALSE;
572 memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt);
574 if (bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
575 || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd)
576 != shdr->sh_size))
577 return FALSE;
579 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
580 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
581 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
582 pointers. */
583 src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size;
584 dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt);
585 while (1)
587 unsigned int idx;
589 src -= 4;
590 --dest;
591 idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src);
592 if (src == shdr->contents)
594 dest->flags = idx;
595 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT))
596 shdr->bfd_section->flags
597 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
598 break;
600 if (idx >= shnum)
602 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
603 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd));
604 idx = 0;
606 dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx];
613 if (num_group != (unsigned) -1)
615 unsigned int i;
617 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
619 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
620 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
621 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
623 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
624 section is a member. */
625 while (--n_elt != 0)
626 if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr)
628 asection *s = NULL;
630 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
631 other members to see if any others are linked via
632 next_in_group. */
633 idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
634 n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
635 while (--n_elt != 0)
636 if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
637 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
638 break;
639 if (n_elt != 0)
641 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
642 insert current section in circular list. */
643 elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s);
644 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s);
645 elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect;
647 else
649 const char *gname;
651 gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr);
652 if (gname == NULL)
653 return FALSE;
654 elf_group_name (newsect) = gname;
656 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
657 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect;
660 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
661 new member. */
662 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL)
663 elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect;
665 i = num_group - 1;
666 break;
671 if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL)
673 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
674 abfd, newsect);
676 return TRUE;
679 bfd_boolean
680 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd)
682 unsigned int i;
683 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
684 bfd_boolean result = TRUE;
685 asection *s;
687 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
688 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
690 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr;
691 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
693 unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link;
694 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
695 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
696 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
697 if (elfsec == 0)
699 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
700 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
701 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
702 bed->link_order_error_handler
703 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
704 abfd, s);
706 else
708 asection *link;
710 this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec];
712 /* PR 1991, 2008:
713 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
714 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
715 link = this_hdr->bfd_section;
716 if (link == NULL)
718 (*_bfd_error_handler)
719 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
720 s->owner, s, elfsec);
721 result = FALSE;
724 elf_linked_to_section (s) = link;
729 /* Process section groups. */
730 if (num_group == (unsigned) -1)
731 return result;
733 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
735 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
736 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
737 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
739 while (--n_elt != 0)
740 if ((++idx)->shdr->bfd_section)
741 elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section;
742 else if (idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA
743 || idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL)
744 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
745 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
746 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
747 relocation sections are in section group in input object
748 files. */
749 shdr->bfd_section->size -= 4;
750 else
752 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
753 (*_bfd_error_handler)
754 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
755 abfd,
756 (unsigned int) idx->shdr->sh_type,
757 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
758 (elf_elfheader (abfd)
759 ->e_shstrndx),
760 idx->shdr->sh_name),
761 shdr->bfd_section->name);
762 result = FALSE;
765 return result;
768 bfd_boolean
769 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec)
771 return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL;
774 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
775 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
777 bfd_boolean
778 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
779 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
780 const char *name,
781 int shindex)
783 asection *newsect;
784 flagword flags;
785 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
787 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
789 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name,
790 bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section)) == 0);
791 return TRUE;
794 newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
795 if (newsect == NULL)
796 return FALSE;
798 hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
799 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr;
800 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex;
802 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
803 elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type;
804 elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags;
806 newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
808 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr)
809 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size)
810 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect,
811 bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma) hdr->sh_addralign)))
812 return FALSE;
814 flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
815 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
816 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
817 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
818 flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE;
819 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
821 flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
822 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
823 flags |= SEC_LOAD;
825 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0)
826 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
827 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
828 flags |= SEC_CODE;
829 else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
830 flags |= SEC_DATA;
831 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0)
833 flags |= SEC_MERGE;
834 newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize;
835 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0)
836 flags |= SEC_STRINGS;
838 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP)
839 if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect))
840 return FALSE;
841 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0)
842 flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL;
844 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
846 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
847 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
848 static const struct
850 const char *name;
851 int len;
852 } debug_sections [] =
854 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("debug") }, /* 'd' */
855 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'e' */
856 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'f' */
857 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("gnu.linkonce.wi.") }, /* 'g' */
858 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'h' */
859 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'i' */
860 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'j' */
861 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'k' */
862 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("line") }, /* 'l' */
863 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'm' */
864 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'n' */
865 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'o' */
866 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'p' */
867 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'q' */
868 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'r' */
869 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("stab") } /* 's' */
872 if (name [0] == '.')
874 int i = name [1] - 'd';
875 if (i >= 0
876 && i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections)
877 && debug_sections [i].name != NULL
878 && strncmp (&name [1], debug_sections [i].name,
879 debug_sections [i].len) == 0)
880 flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
884 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
885 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
886 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
887 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
888 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
889 all but one of the sections. */
890 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gnu.linkonce")
891 && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL)
892 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
894 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
895 if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags)
896 if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr))
897 return FALSE;
899 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags))
900 return FALSE;
902 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
904 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
905 unsigned int i;
907 /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma.
908 If all the p_paddr fields are zero, we ignore them, since
909 some ELF linkers produce such output. */
910 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
911 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
913 if (phdr->p_paddr != 0)
914 break;
916 if (i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum)
918 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
919 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
921 /* This section is part of this segment if its file
922 offset plus size lies within the segment's memory
923 span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the
924 loaded data lies within the extent of the segment.
926 Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and
927 refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong
928 though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can
929 have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM,
930 place special significance on the address 0 and
931 executables need to be able to have a segment which
932 covers this address. */
933 if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD
934 && (bfd_vma) hdr->sh_offset >= phdr->p_offset
935 && (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size
936 <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_memsz)
937 && ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0
938 || (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size
939 <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_filesz)))
941 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
942 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
943 + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr);
944 else
945 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
946 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
947 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
948 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
949 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
950 segment will contain sections with contiguous
951 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
952 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
953 + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset);
955 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
956 offsets whether a section with zero size should
957 be placed at the end of one segment or the
958 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
959 if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr
960 && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size
961 <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz))
962 break;
968 return TRUE;
972 INTERNAL_FUNCTION
973 bfd_elf_find_section
975 SYNOPSIS
976 struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name);
978 DESCRIPTION
979 Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables.
980 Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an
981 internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular,
982 isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary
983 mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some.
986 struct elf_internal_shdr *
987 bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name)
989 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
990 char *shstrtab;
991 unsigned int max;
992 unsigned int i;
994 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
995 if (i_shdrp != NULL)
997 shstrtab = bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd,
998 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx);
999 if (shstrtab != NULL)
1001 max = elf_numsections (abfd);
1002 for (i = 1; i < max; i++)
1003 if (!strcmp (&shstrtab[i_shdrp[i]->sh_name], name))
1004 return i_shdrp[i];
1007 return 0;
1010 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = {
1011 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1012 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1013 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1016 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1017 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1018 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1019 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1020 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1021 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1022 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1023 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1024 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1026 bfd_reloc_status_type
1027 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1028 arelent *reloc_entry,
1029 asymbol *symbol,
1030 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1031 asection *input_section,
1032 bfd *output_bfd,
1033 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1035 if (output_bfd != NULL
1036 && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
1037 && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace
1038 || reloc_entry->addend == 0))
1040 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1041 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1044 return bfd_reloc_continue;
1047 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1048 another. */
1050 bfd_boolean
1051 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
1053 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1054 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1055 return TRUE;
1057 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd)
1058 || (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
1059 == elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags));
1061 elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd);
1062 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
1063 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
1065 /* Copy object attributes. */
1066 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
1068 return TRUE;
1071 static const char *
1072 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type)
1074 const char *pt;
1075 switch (p_type)
1077 case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break;
1078 case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break;
1079 case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break;
1080 case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break;
1081 case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break;
1082 case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break;
1083 case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break;
1084 case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break;
1085 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break;
1086 case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break;
1087 case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break;
1088 default: pt = NULL; break;
1090 return pt;
1093 /* Print out the program headers. */
1095 bfd_boolean
1096 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg)
1098 FILE *f = farg;
1099 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
1100 asection *s;
1101 bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
1103 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1104 if (p != NULL)
1106 unsigned int i, c;
1108 fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1109 c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
1110 for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++)
1112 const char *pt = get_segment_type (p->p_type);
1113 char buf[20];
1115 if (pt == NULL)
1117 sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type);
1118 pt = buf;
1120 fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt);
1121 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset);
1122 fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x");
1123 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr);
1124 fprintf (f, " paddr 0x");
1125 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr);
1126 fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align));
1127 fprintf (f, " filesz 0x");
1128 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz);
1129 fprintf (f, " memsz 0x");
1130 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz);
1131 fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c",
1132 (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1133 (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1134 (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1135 if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0)
1136 fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X));
1137 fprintf (f, "\n");
1141 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1142 if (s != NULL)
1144 int elfsec;
1145 unsigned long shlink;
1146 bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
1147 size_t extdynsize;
1148 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1150 fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1152 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
1153 goto error_return;
1155 elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
1156 if (elfsec == -1)
1157 goto error_return;
1158 shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
1160 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1161 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1163 extdyn = dynbuf;
1164 extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
1165 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1167 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1168 const char *name;
1169 char ab[20];
1170 bfd_boolean stringp;
1172 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1174 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1175 break;
1177 stringp = FALSE;
1178 switch (dyn.d_tag)
1180 default:
1181 sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag);
1182 name = ab;
1183 break;
1185 case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1186 case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1187 case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break;
1188 case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break;
1189 case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break;
1190 case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break;
1191 case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break;
1192 case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break;
1193 case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break;
1194 case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break;
1195 case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break;
1196 case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break;
1197 case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break;
1198 case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1199 case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1200 case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1201 case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break;
1202 case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break;
1203 case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break;
1204 case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break;
1205 case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break;
1206 case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break;
1207 case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break;
1208 case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break;
1209 case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1210 case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1211 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1212 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1213 case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1214 case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break;
1215 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1216 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1217 case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break;
1218 case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1219 case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break;
1220 case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break;
1221 case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break;
1222 case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1223 case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break;
1224 case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break;
1225 case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1226 case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1227 case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1228 case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break;
1229 case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break;
1230 case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break;
1231 case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break;
1232 case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break;
1233 case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break;
1234 case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break;
1235 case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break;
1236 case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1237 case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break;
1238 case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1239 case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1240 case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break;
1241 case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1242 case DT_GNU_HASH: name = "GNU_HASH"; break;
1245 fprintf (f, " %-11s ", name);
1246 if (! stringp)
1247 fprintf (f, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_un.d_val);
1248 else
1250 const char *string;
1251 unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1253 string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
1254 if (string == NULL)
1255 goto error_return;
1256 fprintf (f, "%s", string);
1258 fprintf (f, "\n");
1261 free (dynbuf);
1262 dynbuf = NULL;
1265 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
1266 || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL))
1268 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE))
1269 return FALSE;
1272 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
1274 Elf_Internal_Verdef *t;
1276 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1277 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef)
1279 fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx,
1280 t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash,
1281 t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1282 if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL)
1284 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a;
1286 fprintf (f, "\t");
1287 for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr;
1288 a != NULL;
1289 a = a->vda_nextptr)
1290 fprintf (f, "%s ",
1291 a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1292 fprintf (f, "\n");
1297 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
1299 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1301 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1302 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref)
1304 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1306 fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1307 t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>");
1308 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1309 fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash,
1310 a->vna_flags, a->vna_other,
1311 a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1315 return TRUE;
1317 error_return:
1318 if (dynbuf != NULL)
1319 free (dynbuf);
1320 return FALSE;
1323 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1325 void
1326 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd,
1327 void *filep,
1328 asymbol *symbol,
1329 bfd_print_symbol_type how)
1331 FILE *file = filep;
1332 switch (how)
1334 case bfd_print_symbol_name:
1335 fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
1336 break;
1337 case bfd_print_symbol_more:
1338 fprintf (file, "elf ");
1339 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value);
1340 fprintf (file, " %lx", (long) symbol->flags);
1341 break;
1342 case bfd_print_symbol_all:
1344 const char *section_name;
1345 const char *name = NULL;
1346 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1347 unsigned char st_other;
1348 bfd_vma val;
1350 section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
1352 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1353 if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all)
1354 name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol);
1356 if (name == NULL)
1358 name = symbol->name;
1359 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol);
1362 fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name);
1363 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1364 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1365 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1366 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1367 if (symbol->section && bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1368 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
1369 else
1370 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
1371 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val);
1373 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1374 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_section != 0
1375 && (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_section != 0
1376 || elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_section != 0))
1378 unsigned int vernum;
1379 const char *version_string;
1381 vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION;
1383 if (vernum == 0)
1384 version_string = "";
1385 else if (vernum == 1)
1386 version_string = "Base";
1387 else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs)
1388 version_string =
1389 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename;
1390 else
1392 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1394 version_string = "";
1395 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
1396 t != NULL;
1397 t = t->vn_nextref)
1399 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1401 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1403 if (a->vna_other == vernum)
1405 version_string = a->vna_nodename;
1406 break;
1412 if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0)
1413 fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string);
1414 else
1416 int i;
1418 fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string);
1419 for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i)
1420 putc (' ', file);
1424 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1425 st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
1427 switch (st_other)
1429 case 0: break;
1430 case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break;
1431 case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break;
1432 case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break;
1433 default:
1434 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1435 everything hex. */
1436 fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other);
1439 fprintf (file, " %s", name);
1441 break;
1445 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1447 struct bfd_strtab_hash *
1448 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1450 struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret;
1452 ret = _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1453 if (ret != NULL)
1455 bfd_size_type loc;
1457 loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", TRUE, FALSE);
1458 BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1);
1459 if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1)
1461 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret);
1462 ret = NULL;
1465 return ret;
1468 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1470 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1472 bfd_boolean
1473 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
1475 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
1476 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1477 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1478 const char *name;
1480 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
1481 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx,
1482 hdr->sh_name);
1483 if (name == NULL)
1484 return FALSE;
1486 switch (hdr->sh_type)
1488 case SHT_NULL:
1489 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1490 return TRUE;
1492 case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */
1493 case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */
1494 case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */
1495 case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */
1496 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */
1497 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */
1498 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */
1499 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1500 case SHT_GNU_HASH: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1501 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1503 case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1504 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1505 return FALSE;
1506 if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd)
1507 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL)
1508 return FALSE;
1509 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB)
1511 Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr;
1513 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1514 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1515 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1516 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
1518 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)];
1519 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1521 else
1523 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1525 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1526 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1528 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1529 if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1531 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1532 break;
1537 break;
1539 case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */
1540 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1541 return TRUE;
1543 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1544 return FALSE;
1545 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0);
1546 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1547 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr;
1548 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
1549 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1551 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1552 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1553 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1554 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1555 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1556 linker. */
1557 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
1558 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
1559 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1560 shindex))
1561 return FALSE;
1563 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1564 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1565 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1566 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)]->sh_link != shindex)
1568 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1570 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1571 for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1573 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1574 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1575 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1576 break;
1578 if (i == num_sec)
1579 for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++)
1581 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1582 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1583 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1584 break;
1586 if (i != shindex)
1587 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i);
1589 return TRUE;
1591 case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1592 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1593 return TRUE;
1595 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1596 return FALSE;
1597 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0);
1598 elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1599 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr;
1600 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
1601 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1603 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1604 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1605 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1607 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1608 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == shindex)
1609 return TRUE;
1611 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == 0);
1612 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = shindex;
1613 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr = *hdr;
1614 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
1615 return TRUE;
1617 case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */
1618 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
1619 return TRUE;
1620 if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex)
1622 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1623 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
1624 return TRUE;
1626 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1628 symtab_strtab:
1629 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr;
1630 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
1631 return TRUE;
1633 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1635 dynsymtab_strtab:
1636 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1637 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr;
1638 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr;
1639 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1640 can handle it. */
1641 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1642 shindex);
1645 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1646 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1647 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1648 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
1650 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1652 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1653 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1655 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1656 if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1658 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1659 if (i == shindex)
1660 return FALSE;
1661 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
1662 return FALSE;
1663 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i)
1664 goto symtab_strtab;
1665 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i)
1666 goto dynsymtab_strtab;
1670 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1672 case SHT_REL:
1673 case SHT_RELA:
1674 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
1676 asection *target_sect;
1677 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2;
1678 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1680 if (hdr->sh_entsize
1681 != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
1682 ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela))
1683 return FALSE;
1685 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
1686 if ((hdr->sh_link >= SHN_LORESERVE && hdr->sh_link <= SHN_HIRESERVE)
1687 || hdr->sh_link >= num_sec)
1689 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1690 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
1691 abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex));
1692 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1693 shindex);
1696 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
1697 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
1698 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
1699 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
1700 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
1701 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
1702 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */
1703 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
1704 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM)
1706 unsigned int scan;
1707 int found;
1709 found = 0;
1710 for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++)
1712 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
1713 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1715 if (found != 0)
1717 found = 0;
1718 break;
1720 found = scan;
1723 if (found != 0)
1724 hdr->sh_link = found;
1727 /* Get the symbol table. */
1728 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
1729 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1730 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link))
1731 return FALSE;
1733 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
1734 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
1735 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
1736 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
1737 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
1738 section, an invalid section, or another reloc section. */
1739 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd)
1740 || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF
1741 || (hdr->sh_info >= SHN_LORESERVE && hdr->sh_info <= SHN_HIRESERVE)
1742 || hdr->sh_info >= num_sec
1743 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL
1744 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
1745 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1746 shindex);
1748 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info))
1749 return FALSE;
1750 target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
1751 if (target_sect == NULL)
1752 return FALSE;
1754 if ((target_sect->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
1755 || target_sect->reloc_count == 0)
1756 hdr2 = &elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr;
1757 else
1759 bfd_size_type amt;
1760 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 == NULL);
1761 amt = sizeof (*hdr2);
1762 hdr2 = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
1763 elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 = hdr2;
1765 *hdr2 = *hdr;
1766 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
1767 target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr);
1768 target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
1769 target_sect->relocation = NULL;
1770 target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
1771 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
1772 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
1773 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
1774 target_sect->use_rela_p = hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA;
1775 abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
1776 return TRUE;
1779 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
1780 elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex;
1781 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr;
1782 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1784 case SHT_GNU_versym:
1785 if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym))
1786 return FALSE;
1787 elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex;
1788 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr;
1789 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1791 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
1792 elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex;
1793 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr;
1794 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1796 case SHT_SHLIB:
1797 return TRUE;
1799 case SHT_GROUP:
1800 /* We need a BFD section for objcopy and relocatable linking,
1801 and it's handy to have the signature available as the section
1802 name. */
1803 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr))
1804 return FALSE;
1805 name = group_signature (abfd, hdr);
1806 if (name == NULL)
1807 return FALSE;
1808 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1809 return FALSE;
1810 if (hdr->contents != NULL)
1812 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents;
1813 unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / GRP_ENTRY_SIZE;
1814 asection *s;
1816 if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT)
1817 hdr->bfd_section->flags
1818 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
1820 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
1821 idx += n_elt;
1822 while (--n_elt != 0)
1824 --idx;
1826 if (idx->shdr != NULL
1827 && (s = idx->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
1828 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
1830 elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s;
1831 break;
1835 break;
1837 default:
1838 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
1839 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
1840 || hdr->sh_type == bed->obj_attrs_section_type)
1842 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1843 return FALSE;
1844 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd, hdr);
1845 return TRUE;
1848 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
1849 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1850 return TRUE;
1852 if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOUSER && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIUSER)
1854 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
1855 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
1856 for applications? */
1857 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1858 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
1859 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1860 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1861 else
1862 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
1863 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1864 shindex);
1866 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOPROC
1867 && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIPROC)
1868 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1869 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1870 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
1871 "`%s' [0x%8x]"),
1872 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1873 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIOS)
1875 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
1876 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING) != 0)
1877 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
1878 required to correctly process the section and the file should
1879 be rejected with an error message. */
1880 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1881 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
1882 "`%s' [0x%8x]"),
1883 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1884 else
1885 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
1886 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1888 else
1889 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1890 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1891 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1892 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1894 return FALSE;
1897 return TRUE;
1900 /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX.
1901 Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */
1903 asection *
1904 bfd_section_from_r_symndx (bfd *abfd,
1905 struct sym_sec_cache *cache,
1906 asection *sec,
1907 unsigned long r_symndx)
1909 unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE;
1910 asection *s;
1912 if (cache->abfd != abfd || cache->indx[ent] != r_symndx)
1914 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
1915 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
1916 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
1917 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
1919 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
1920 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx,
1921 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
1922 return NULL;
1924 if (cache->abfd != abfd)
1926 memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx));
1927 cache->abfd = abfd;
1929 cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx;
1930 cache->shndx[ent] = isym.st_shndx;
1933 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, cache->shndx[ent]);
1934 if (s != NULL)
1935 return s;
1937 return sec;
1940 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
1941 section. */
1943 asection *
1944 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int index)
1946 if (index >= elf_numsections (abfd))
1947 return NULL;
1948 return elf_elfsections (abfd)[index]->bfd_section;
1951 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] =
1953 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1954 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1957 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] =
1959 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
1960 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1963 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] =
1965 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1966 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1967 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
1968 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
1969 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
1970 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
1971 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
1972 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC },
1973 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC },
1974 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC },
1975 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1978 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] =
1980 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
1981 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1982 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1985 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] =
1987 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1988 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1989 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 },
1990 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 },
1991 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 },
1992 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC },
1993 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC },
1994 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
1995 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1998 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] =
2000 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2001 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2004 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] =
2006 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2007 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2008 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2009 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2012 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] =
2014 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2015 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2018 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] =
2020 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2021 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
2022 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2025 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] =
2027 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2028 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2029 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2032 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] =
2034 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2035 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2036 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA, 0 },
2037 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL, 0 },
2038 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2041 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] =
2043 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2044 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2045 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 },
2046 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2047 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2048 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2049 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2052 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] =
2054 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2055 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2056 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2057 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2060 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *special_sections[] =
2062 special_sections_b, /* 'b' */
2063 special_sections_c, /* 'b' */
2064 special_sections_d, /* 'd' */
2065 NULL, /* 'e' */
2066 special_sections_f, /* 'f' */
2067 special_sections_g, /* 'g' */
2068 special_sections_h, /* 'h' */
2069 special_sections_i, /* 'i' */
2070 NULL, /* 'j' */
2071 NULL, /* 'k' */
2072 special_sections_l, /* 'l' */
2073 NULL, /* 'm' */
2074 special_sections_n, /* 'n' */
2075 NULL, /* 'o' */
2076 special_sections_p, /* 'p' */
2077 NULL, /* 'q' */
2078 special_sections_r, /* 'r' */
2079 special_sections_s, /* 's' */
2080 special_sections_t, /* 't' */
2083 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2084 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name,
2085 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec,
2086 unsigned int rela)
2088 int i;
2089 int len;
2091 len = strlen (name);
2093 for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++)
2095 int suffix_len;
2096 int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length;
2098 if (len < prefix_len)
2099 continue;
2100 if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0)
2101 continue;
2103 suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length;
2104 if (suffix_len <= 0)
2106 if (name[prefix_len] != 0)
2108 if (suffix_len == 0)
2109 continue;
2110 if (name[prefix_len] != '.'
2111 && (suffix_len == -2
2112 || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL)))
2113 continue;
2116 else
2118 if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len)
2119 continue;
2120 if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len,
2121 spec[i].prefix + prefix_len,
2122 suffix_len) != 0)
2123 continue;
2125 return &spec[i];
2128 return NULL;
2131 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2132 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2134 int i;
2135 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec;
2136 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2138 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2139 if (sec->name == NULL)
2140 return NULL;
2142 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2143 spec = bed->special_sections;
2144 if (spec)
2146 spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name,
2147 bed->special_sections,
2148 sec->use_rela_p);
2149 if (spec != NULL)
2150 return spec;
2153 if (sec->name[0] != '.')
2154 return NULL;
2156 i = sec->name[1] - 'b';
2157 if (i < 0 || i > 't' - 'b')
2158 return NULL;
2160 spec = special_sections[i];
2162 if (spec == NULL)
2163 return NULL;
2165 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p);
2168 bfd_boolean
2169 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2171 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata;
2172 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2173 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
2175 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd;
2176 if (sdata == NULL)
2178 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*sdata));
2179 if (sdata == NULL)
2180 return FALSE;
2181 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
2184 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2185 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2186 sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p;
2188 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2189 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2190 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2191 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2192 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2193 elf_fake_sections. */
2194 if ((!sec->flags && abfd->direction != read_direction)
2195 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0)
2197 ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec);
2198 if (ssect != NULL)
2200 elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type;
2201 elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr;
2205 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
2208 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2210 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2211 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2212 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2213 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2215 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2216 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2217 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2218 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2219 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2220 of combined data+bss.
2222 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2223 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2224 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2225 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2226 into it's initialized and uninitialized parts.
2230 bfd_boolean
2231 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd,
2232 Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr,
2233 int index,
2234 const char *typename)
2236 asection *newsect;
2237 char *name;
2238 char namebuf[64];
2239 size_t len;
2240 int split;
2242 split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0)
2243 && (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2244 && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz));
2245 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "a" : "");
2246 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2247 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2248 if (!name)
2249 return FALSE;
2250 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2251 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2252 if (newsect == NULL)
2253 return FALSE;
2254 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr;
2255 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr;
2256 newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz;
2257 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset;
2258 newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2259 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align);
2260 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2262 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2263 newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
2264 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2266 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2267 may be data. */
2268 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2271 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2273 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2276 if (split)
2278 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%db", typename, index);
2279 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2280 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2281 if (!name)
2282 return FALSE;
2283 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2284 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2285 if (newsect == NULL)
2286 return FALSE;
2287 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2288 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2289 newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz;
2290 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2292 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2293 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2294 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2296 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2297 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2300 return TRUE;
2303 bfd_boolean
2304 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int index)
2306 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2308 switch (hdr->p_type)
2310 case PT_NULL:
2311 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "null");
2313 case PT_LOAD:
2314 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "load");
2316 case PT_DYNAMIC:
2317 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "dynamic");
2319 case PT_INTERP:
2320 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "interp");
2322 case PT_NOTE:
2323 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "note"))
2324 return FALSE;
2325 if (! elfcore_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz))
2326 return FALSE;
2327 return TRUE;
2329 case PT_SHLIB:
2330 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "shlib");
2332 case PT_PHDR:
2333 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "phdr");
2335 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME:
2336 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index,
2337 "eh_frame_hdr");
2339 case PT_GNU_STACK:
2340 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "stack");
2342 case PT_GNU_RELRO:
2343 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "relro");
2345 default:
2346 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2347 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2348 return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "proc");
2352 /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing
2353 relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA
2354 relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */
2356 bfd_boolean
2357 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd,
2358 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr,
2359 asection *asect,
2360 bfd_boolean use_rela_p)
2362 char *name;
2363 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2364 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name);
2366 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2367 if (name == NULL)
2368 return FALSE;
2369 sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name);
2370 rel_hdr->sh_name =
2371 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name,
2372 FALSE);
2373 if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2374 return FALSE;
2375 rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
2376 rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p
2377 ? bed->s->sizeof_rela
2378 : bed->s->sizeof_rel);
2379 rel_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
2380 rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
2381 rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2382 rel_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2383 rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2385 return TRUE;
2388 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2390 static void
2391 elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *failedptrarg)
2393 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2394 bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg;
2395 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
2396 unsigned int sh_type;
2398 if (*failedptr)
2400 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2401 loop. */
2402 return;
2405 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr;
2407 this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2408 asect->name, FALSE);
2409 if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2411 *failedptr = TRUE;
2412 return;
2415 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2417 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2418 || asect->user_set_vma)
2419 this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma;
2420 else
2421 this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2423 this_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2424 this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size;
2425 this_hdr->sh_link = 0;
2426 this_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << asect->alignment_power;
2427 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2428 copy_private_section_data. */
2430 this_hdr->bfd_section = asect;
2431 this_hdr->contents = NULL;
2433 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2434 asect->flags. */
2435 if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL)
2437 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0)
2438 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GROUP;
2439 else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2440 && (((asect->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
2441 || (asect->flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD) != 0))
2442 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2443 else
2444 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
2447 switch (this_hdr->sh_type)
2449 default:
2450 break;
2452 case SHT_STRTAB:
2453 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY:
2454 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY:
2455 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY:
2456 case SHT_NOTE:
2457 case SHT_NOBITS:
2458 case SHT_PROGBITS:
2459 break;
2461 case SHT_HASH:
2462 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry;
2463 break;
2465 case SHT_DYNSYM:
2466 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
2467 break;
2469 case SHT_DYNAMIC:
2470 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
2471 break;
2473 case SHT_RELA:
2474 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p)
2475 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
2476 break;
2478 case SHT_REL:
2479 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p)
2480 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
2481 break;
2483 case SHT_GNU_versym:
2484 this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym);
2485 break;
2487 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2488 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2489 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2490 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2491 zero. */
2492 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2493 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs;
2494 else
2495 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0
2496 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs);
2497 break;
2499 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2500 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2501 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2502 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2503 zero. */
2504 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2505 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs;
2506 else
2507 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0
2508 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs);
2509 break;
2511 case SHT_GROUP:
2512 this_hdr->sh_entsize = GRP_ENTRY_SIZE;
2513 break;
2515 case SHT_GNU_HASH:
2516 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size == 64 ? 0 : 4;
2517 break;
2520 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2521 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
2522 if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2523 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
2524 if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
2525 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
2526 if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2528 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE;
2529 this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize;
2530 if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0)
2531 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS;
2533 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL)
2534 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
2535 if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
2537 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS;
2538 if (asect->size == 0
2539 && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
2541 struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order;
2543 this_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2544 if (o != NULL)
2546 this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size;
2547 if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0)
2548 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2553 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2554 sh_type = this_hdr->sh_type;
2555 if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections
2556 && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect))
2557 *failedptr = TRUE;
2559 if (sh_type == SHT_NOBITS && asect->size != 0)
2561 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
2562 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
2563 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2566 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2567 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2568 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2569 create the other. */
2570 if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
2571 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd,
2572 &elf_section_data (asect)->rel_hdr,
2573 asect,
2574 asect->use_rela_p))
2575 *failedptr = TRUE;
2578 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */
2580 void
2581 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg)
2583 bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg;
2584 unsigned long symindx;
2585 asection *elt, *first;
2586 unsigned char *loc;
2587 bfd_boolean gas;
2589 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2590 elfxx-ia64.c. */
2591 if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP)
2592 || *failedptr)
2593 return;
2595 symindx = 0;
2596 if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL)
2597 symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i;
2599 if (symindx == 0)
2601 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2602 elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", use target_index. */
2603 if (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL)
2604 symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i;
2605 else
2606 symindx = sec->target_index;
2608 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx;
2610 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2611 gas = TRUE;
2612 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2614 gas = FALSE;
2615 sec->contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size);
2617 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2618 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents;
2619 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2621 *failedptr = TRUE;
2622 return;
2626 loc = sec->contents + sec->size;
2628 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2629 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2630 start of the input section group. */
2631 first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec);
2633 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2634 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2635 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2636 directives, not that it matters. */
2637 while (elt != NULL)
2639 asection *s;
2640 unsigned int idx;
2642 loc -= 4;
2643 s = elt;
2644 if (!gas)
2645 s = s->output_section;
2646 idx = 0;
2647 if (s != NULL)
2648 idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2649 H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc);
2650 elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
2651 if (elt == first)
2652 break;
2655 if ((loc -= 4) != sec->contents)
2656 abort ();
2658 H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc);
2661 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2662 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2663 in here too, while we're at it. */
2665 static bfd_boolean
2666 assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
2668 struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
2669 asection *sec;
2670 unsigned int section_number, secn;
2671 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
2672 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d;
2674 section_number = 1;
2676 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2678 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2679 if (link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable)
2681 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
2682 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
2684 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2686 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
2688 if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
2690 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
2691 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec);
2692 abfd->section_count--;
2694 else
2696 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2697 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2698 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2704 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
2706 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2708 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP)
2710 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2711 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2712 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2714 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name);
2715 if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0)
2716 d->rel_idx = 0;
2717 else
2719 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2720 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2721 d->rel_idx = section_number++;
2722 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr.sh_name);
2725 if (d->rel_hdr2)
2727 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2728 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2729 d->rel_idx2 = section_number++;
2730 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr2->sh_name);
2732 else
2733 d->rel_idx2 = 0;
2736 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2737 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2738 t->shstrtab_section = section_number++;
2739 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name);
2740 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section;
2742 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
2744 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2745 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2746 t->symtab_section = section_number++;
2747 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name);
2748 if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE - 2)
2750 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2751 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2752 t->symtab_shndx_section = section_number++;
2753 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name
2754 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2755 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE);
2756 if (t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2757 return FALSE;
2759 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2760 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2761 t->strtab_section = section_number++;
2762 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name);
2765 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2766 t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2768 elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number;
2769 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number;
2770 if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE)
2771 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum -= SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2773 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
2774 indices. */
2775 i_shdrp = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
2776 if (i_shdrp == NULL)
2777 return FALSE;
2779 i_shdrp[0] = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr));
2780 if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL)
2782 bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
2783 return FALSE;
2786 elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
2788 i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr;
2789 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
2791 i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr;
2792 if (elf_numsections (abfd) > SHN_LORESERVE)
2794 i_shdrp[t->symtab_shndx_section] = &t->symtab_shndx_hdr;
2795 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
2797 i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr;
2798 t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section;
2801 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
2803 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec);
2804 asection *s;
2805 const char *name;
2807 i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr;
2808 if (d->rel_idx != 0)
2809 i_shdrp[d->rel_idx] = &d->rel_hdr;
2810 if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
2811 i_shdrp[d->rel_idx2] = d->rel_hdr2;
2813 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
2815 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
2816 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
2817 the relocation entries apply. */
2818 if (d->rel_idx != 0)
2820 d->rel_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
2821 d->rel_hdr.sh_info = d->this_idx;
2823 if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
2825 d->rel_hdr2->sh_link = t->symtab_section;
2826 d->rel_hdr2->sh_info = d->this_idx;
2829 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
2830 if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
2832 s = elf_linked_to_section (sec);
2833 if (s)
2835 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
2836 if (link_info != NULL)
2838 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
2839 if (elf_discarded_section (s))
2841 asection *kept;
2842 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2843 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
2844 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section,
2845 s, s->owner);
2846 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
2847 size as the discarded one. */
2848 kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s, link_info);
2849 if (kept == NULL)
2851 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2852 return FALSE;
2854 s = kept;
2857 s = s->output_section;
2858 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
2860 else
2862 /* Handle objcopy. */
2863 if (s->output_section == NULL)
2865 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2866 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
2867 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner);
2868 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2869 return FALSE;
2871 s = s->output_section;
2873 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2875 else
2877 /* PR 290:
2878 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
2879 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
2880 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
2881 where s is NULL. */
2882 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
2883 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2884 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
2885 bed->link_order_error_handler
2886 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
2887 abfd, sec);
2891 switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type)
2893 case SHT_REL:
2894 case SHT_RELA:
2895 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
2896 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
2897 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
2898 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
2899 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
2900 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
2901 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
2902 if (s != NULL)
2903 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2905 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
2906 name = sec->name;
2907 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL)
2908 name += 4;
2909 else
2910 name += 5;
2911 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
2912 if (s != NULL)
2913 d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2914 break;
2916 case SHT_STRTAB:
2917 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
2918 string section. We look for a section with the same name
2919 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
2920 field to point to this section. */
2921 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec->name, ".stab")
2922 && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
2924 size_t len;
2925 char *alc;
2927 len = strlen (sec->name);
2928 alc = bfd_malloc (len - 2);
2929 if (alc == NULL)
2930 return FALSE;
2931 memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3);
2932 alc[len - 3] = '\0';
2933 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc);
2934 free (alc);
2935 if (s != NULL)
2937 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx;
2939 /* This is a .stab section. */
2940 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0)
2941 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
2942 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8;
2945 break;
2947 case SHT_DYNAMIC:
2948 case SHT_DYNSYM:
2949 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2950 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2951 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
2952 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
2953 version strings. */
2954 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
2955 if (s != NULL)
2956 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2957 break;
2959 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST:
2960 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
2961 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
2962 the version strings. */
2963 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
2964 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
2965 if (s != NULL)
2966 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2967 break;
2969 case SHT_HASH:
2970 case SHT_GNU_HASH:
2971 case SHT_GNU_versym:
2972 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
2973 this hash table or version table is for. */
2974 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
2975 if (s != NULL)
2976 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2977 break;
2979 case SHT_GROUP:
2980 d->this_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
2984 for (secn = 1; secn < section_number; ++secn)
2985 if (i_shdrp[secn] == NULL)
2986 i_shdrp[secn] = i_shdrp[0];
2987 else
2988 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2989 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name);
2990 return TRUE;
2993 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
2994 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
2996 static bfd_boolean
2997 sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
2999 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3000 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3001 if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
3002 return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym);
3004 return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
3005 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
3006 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym)));
3009 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3010 output. Also, don't output section symbols for reloc and other
3011 special sections. */
3013 static bfd_boolean
3014 ignore_section_sym (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3016 return ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
3017 && (sym->value != 0
3018 || (sym->section->owner != abfd
3019 && (sym->section->output_section->owner != abfd
3020 || sym->section->output_offset != 0))));
3023 static bfd_boolean
3024 elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd)
3026 unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
3027 asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
3028 asymbol **sect_syms;
3029 unsigned int num_locals = 0;
3030 unsigned int num_globals = 0;
3031 unsigned int num_locals2 = 0;
3032 unsigned int num_globals2 = 0;
3033 int max_index = 0;
3034 unsigned int idx;
3035 asection *asect;
3036 asymbol **new_syms;
3038 #ifdef DEBUG
3039 fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3040 fflush (stderr);
3041 #endif
3043 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3045 if (max_index < asect->index)
3046 max_index = asect->index;
3049 max_index++;
3050 sect_syms = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *));
3051 if (sect_syms == NULL)
3052 return FALSE;
3053 elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms;
3054 elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index;
3056 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3057 decided to output. */
3058 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3060 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3062 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
3063 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym))
3065 asection *sec = sym->section;
3067 if (sec->owner != abfd)
3068 sec = sec->output_section;
3070 sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx];
3074 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3075 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3077 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd, syms[idx]))
3078 continue;
3079 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx]))
3080 num_locals++;
3081 else
3082 num_globals++;
3085 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3086 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3087 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3088 at least in that case. */
3089 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3091 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3093 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol))
3094 num_locals++;
3095 else
3096 num_globals++;
3100 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3101 new_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals, sizeof (asymbol *));
3103 if (new_syms == NULL)
3104 return FALSE;
3106 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3108 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3109 unsigned int i;
3111 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym))
3112 continue;
3113 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3114 i = num_locals2++;
3115 else
3116 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3117 new_syms[i] = sym;
3118 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3120 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3122 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3124 asymbol *sym = asect->symbol;
3125 unsigned int i;
3127 sect_syms[asect->index] = sym;
3128 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3129 i = num_locals2++;
3130 else
3131 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3132 new_syms[i] = sym;
3133 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3137 bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals);
3139 elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals;
3140 elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals;
3141 return TRUE;
3144 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3145 ELF data structure. */
3147 static inline file_ptr
3148 align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align)
3150 return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1);
3153 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3154 required section alignment. */
3156 file_ptr
3157 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp,
3158 file_ptr offset,
3159 bfd_boolean align)
3161 if (align)
3163 unsigned int al;
3165 al = i_shdrp->sh_addralign;
3166 if (al > 1)
3167 offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, al);
3169 i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset;
3170 if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL)
3171 i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset;
3172 if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
3173 offset += i_shdrp->sh_size;
3174 return offset;
3177 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3178 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3179 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3181 bfd_boolean
3182 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd,
3183 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
3185 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3186 bfd_boolean failed;
3187 struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL;
3188 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr;
3190 if (abfd->output_has_begun)
3191 return TRUE;
3193 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3194 if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing)
3195 (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info);
3197 if (! prep_headers (abfd))
3198 return FALSE;
3200 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3201 if (bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers)
3202 (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info);
3204 failed = FALSE;
3205 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &failed);
3206 if (failed)
3207 return FALSE;
3209 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info))
3210 return FALSE;
3212 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3213 if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3215 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3216 int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC));
3218 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p))
3219 return FALSE;
3222 if (link_info == NULL)
3224 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed);
3225 if (failed)
3226 return FALSE;
3229 shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
3230 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3231 shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
3232 shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
3233 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
3234 shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3235 shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
3236 shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
3237 shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
3238 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3239 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
3241 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info))
3242 return FALSE;
3244 if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3246 file_ptr off;
3247 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
3249 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
3251 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
3252 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3254 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3255 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
3256 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3258 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
3259 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3261 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
3263 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3264 out. */
3265 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
3266 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab))
3267 return FALSE;
3268 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab);
3271 abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE;
3273 return TRUE;
3276 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3277 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3279 static bfd_size_type
3280 get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3282 size_t segs;
3283 asection *s;
3284 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3286 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3287 and one for data. */
3288 segs = 2;
3290 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3291 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3293 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3294 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3295 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3296 targets. */
3297 segs += 2;
3300 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
3302 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3303 ++segs;
3305 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->relro)
3307 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when there is a
3308 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3309 ++segs;
3313 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr)
3315 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3316 ++segs;
3319 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
3321 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3322 ++segs;
3325 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3327 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3328 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
3330 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3331 ++segs;
3332 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
3333 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
3334 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
3335 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
3336 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
3337 so we check whether the sections are correctly
3338 aligned. */
3339 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
3340 while (s->next != NULL
3341 && s->next->alignment_power == 2
3342 && (s->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3343 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->next->name, ".note"))
3344 s = s->next;
3348 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3350 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3352 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3353 ++segs;
3354 break;
3358 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3359 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3360 if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers)
3362 int a;
3364 a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd, info);
3365 if (a == -1)
3366 abort ();
3367 segs += a;
3370 return segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
3373 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3375 static struct elf_segment_map *
3376 make_mapping (bfd *abfd,
3377 asection **sections,
3378 unsigned int from,
3379 unsigned int to,
3380 bfd_boolean phdr)
3382 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3383 unsigned int i;
3384 asection **hdrpp;
3385 bfd_size_type amt;
3387 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3388 amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3389 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3390 if (m == NULL)
3391 return NULL;
3392 m->next = NULL;
3393 m->p_type = PT_LOAD;
3394 for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++)
3395 m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp;
3396 m->count = to - from;
3398 if (from == 0 && phdr)
3400 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3401 m->includes_filehdr = 1;
3402 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3405 return m;
3408 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3409 on failure. */
3411 struct elf_segment_map *
3412 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec)
3414 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3416 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map));
3417 if (m == NULL)
3418 return NULL;
3419 m->next = NULL;
3420 m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC;
3421 m->count = 1;
3422 m->sections[0] = dynsec;
3424 return m;
3427 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3429 static bfd_boolean
3430 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3432 struct elf_segment_map **m;
3433 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3435 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3436 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3437 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3438 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
3439 removed. */
3440 m = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
3441 while (*m)
3443 unsigned int i, new_count;
3445 for (new_count = 0, i = 0; i < (*m)->count; i++)
3447 if (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3448 && (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3449 || (*m)->p_type != PT_LOAD))
3451 (*m)->sections[new_count] = (*m)->sections[i];
3452 new_count++;
3455 (*m)->count = new_count;
3457 if ((*m)->p_type == PT_LOAD && (*m)->count == 0)
3458 *m = (*m)->next;
3459 else
3460 m = &(*m)->next;
3463 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3464 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map != NULL)
3466 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, info))
3467 return FALSE;
3470 return TRUE;
3473 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3475 bfd_boolean
3476 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3478 unsigned int count;
3479 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3480 asection **sections = NULL;
3481 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3483 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map == NULL
3484 && bfd_count_sections (abfd) != 0)
3486 asection *s;
3487 unsigned int i;
3488 struct elf_segment_map *mfirst;
3489 struct elf_segment_map **pm;
3490 asection *last_hdr;
3491 bfd_vma last_size;
3492 unsigned int phdr_index;
3493 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
3494 asection **hdrpp;
3495 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE;
3496 bfd_boolean writable;
3497 int tls_count = 0;
3498 asection *first_tls = NULL;
3499 asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr;
3500 bfd_size_type amt;
3502 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3504 sections = bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd), sizeof (asection *));
3505 if (sections == NULL)
3506 goto error_return;
3508 i = 0;
3509 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3511 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3513 sections[i] = s;
3514 ++i;
3517 BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd));
3518 count = i;
3520 qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections);
3522 /* Build the mapping. */
3524 mfirst = NULL;
3525 pm = &mfirst;
3527 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3528 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3529 section. */
3530 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3531 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3533 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3534 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3535 if (m == NULL)
3536 goto error_return;
3537 m->next = NULL;
3538 m->p_type = PT_PHDR;
3539 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3540 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X;
3541 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3542 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3544 *pm = m;
3545 pm = &m->next;
3547 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3548 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3549 if (m == NULL)
3550 goto error_return;
3551 m->next = NULL;
3552 m->p_type = PT_INTERP;
3553 m->count = 1;
3554 m->sections[0] = s;
3556 *pm = m;
3557 pm = &m->next;
3560 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3561 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3562 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3563 last_hdr = NULL;
3564 last_size = 0;
3565 phdr_index = 0;
3566 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
3567 writable = FALSE;
3568 dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
3569 if (dynsec != NULL
3570 && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
3571 dynsec = NULL;
3573 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3574 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3575 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3576 program headers we will need. */
3577 if (count > 0)
3579 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
3581 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
3582 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
3583 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
3584 || sections[0]->lma < phdr_size
3585 || sections[0]->lma % maxpagesize < phdr_size % maxpagesize)
3586 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
3589 for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++)
3591 asection *hdr;
3592 bfd_boolean new_segment;
3594 hdr = *hdrpp;
3596 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3597 segment. */
3599 if (last_hdr == NULL)
3601 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3602 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3603 new_segment = FALSE;
3605 else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma)
3607 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3608 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3609 segment. */
3610 new_segment = TRUE;
3612 else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize)
3613 < BFD_ALIGN (hdr->lma, maxpagesize))
3615 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3616 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3617 new_segment = TRUE;
3619 else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0
3620 && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0)
3622 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3623 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3624 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3625 new_segment = TRUE;
3627 else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)
3629 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3630 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3631 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3632 new_segment = FALSE;
3634 else if (! writable
3635 && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0
3636 && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1)
3637 & ~(maxpagesize - 1))
3638 != (hdr->lma & ~(maxpagesize - 1))))
3640 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3641 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3642 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3643 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3644 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3645 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3646 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3647 new_segment = TRUE;
3649 else
3651 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3652 new_segment = FALSE;
3655 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
3656 if (last_hdr && info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment)
3657 new_segment = info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment (info, abfd, hdr, last_hdr, new_segment);
3659 if (! new_segment)
3661 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3662 writable = TRUE;
3663 last_hdr = hdr;
3664 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3665 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD))
3666 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3667 last_size = hdr->size;
3668 else
3669 last_size = 0;
3670 continue;
3673 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3674 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3676 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
3677 if (m == NULL)
3678 goto error_return;
3680 *pm = m;
3681 pm = &m->next;
3683 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3684 writable = TRUE;
3685 else
3686 writable = FALSE;
3688 last_hdr = hdr;
3689 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3690 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3691 last_size = hdr->size;
3692 else
3693 last_size = 0;
3694 phdr_index = i;
3695 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
3698 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */
3699 if (last_hdr != NULL)
3701 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
3702 if (m == NULL)
3703 goto error_return;
3705 *pm = m;
3706 pm = &m->next;
3709 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3710 if (dynsec != NULL)
3712 m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec);
3713 if (m == NULL)
3714 goto error_return;
3715 *pm = m;
3716 pm = &m->next;
3719 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
3720 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
3721 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
3722 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
3723 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
3724 bogus anyhow. */
3725 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3727 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3728 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
3730 asection *s2;
3731 unsigned count = 1;
3732 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3733 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
3734 for (s2 = s; s2->next != NULL; s2 = s2->next)
3736 if (s2->next->alignment_power == 2
3737 && (s2->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3738 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2->next->name, ".note")
3739 && align_power (s2->vma + s2->size, 2)
3740 == s2->next->vma)
3741 count++;
3742 else
3743 break;
3745 amt += (count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3746 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3747 if (m == NULL)
3748 goto error_return;
3749 m->next = NULL;
3750 m->p_type = PT_NOTE;
3751 m->count = count;
3752 while (count > 1)
3754 m->sections[m->count - count--] = s;
3755 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
3756 s = s->next;
3758 m->sections[m->count - 1] = s;
3759 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
3760 *pm = m;
3761 pm = &m->next;
3763 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3765 if (! tls_count)
3766 first_tls = s;
3767 tls_count++;
3771 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
3772 if (tls_count > 0)
3774 int i;
3776 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3777 amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3778 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3779 if (m == NULL)
3780 goto error_return;
3781 m->next = NULL;
3782 m->p_type = PT_TLS;
3783 m->count = tls_count;
3784 /* Mandated PF_R. */
3785 m->p_flags = PF_R;
3786 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3787 for (i = 0; i < tls_count; ++i)
3789 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL);
3790 m->sections[i] = first_tls;
3791 first_tls = first_tls->next;
3794 *pm = m;
3795 pm = &m->next;
3798 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
3799 segment. */
3800 eh_frame_hdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr;
3801 if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL
3802 && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3804 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3805 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3806 if (m == NULL)
3807 goto error_return;
3808 m->next = NULL;
3809 m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME;
3810 m->count = 1;
3811 m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section;
3813 *pm = m;
3814 pm = &m->next;
3817 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
3819 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3820 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3821 if (m == NULL)
3822 goto error_return;
3823 m->next = NULL;
3824 m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK;
3825 m->p_flags = elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags;
3826 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3828 *pm = m;
3829 pm = &m->next;
3832 if (dynsec != NULL && elf_tdata (abfd)->relro)
3834 /* We make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when there is a
3835 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3836 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3837 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3838 if (m == NULL)
3839 goto error_return;
3840 m->next = NULL;
3841 m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO;
3842 m->p_flags = PF_R;
3843 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3845 *pm = m;
3846 pm = &m->next;
3849 free (sections);
3850 elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map = mfirst;
3853 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, info))
3854 return FALSE;
3856 for (count = 0, m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
3857 ++count;
3858 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = count * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
3860 return TRUE;
3862 error_return:
3863 if (sections != NULL)
3864 free (sections);
3865 return FALSE;
3868 /* Sort sections by address. */
3870 static int
3871 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
3873 const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
3874 const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
3875 bfd_size_type size1, size2;
3877 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
3878 place the section into a segment. */
3879 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
3880 return -1;
3881 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
3882 return 1;
3884 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
3885 the same, and this will do nothing. */
3886 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
3887 return -1;
3888 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
3889 return 1;
3891 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
3893 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
3895 if (TOEND (sec1))
3897 if (TOEND (sec2))
3899 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
3900 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
3901 if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0)
3902 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
3904 else
3905 return 1;
3907 else if (TOEND (sec2))
3908 return -1;
3910 #undef TOEND
3912 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
3913 before others at the same address. */
3915 size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0;
3916 size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0;
3918 if (size1 < size2)
3919 return -1;
3920 if (size1 > size2)
3921 return 1;
3923 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
3926 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
3928 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
3929 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
3930 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
3931 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
3932 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
3933 which is wrong.
3935 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
3936 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
3937 the page size.'' */
3938 /* In other words, something like:
3940 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
3941 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
3942 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
3943 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
3944 else
3945 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
3947 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
3949 static file_ptr
3950 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize)
3952 return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize);
3955 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
3956 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
3957 the file header. */
3959 static bfd_boolean
3960 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
3961 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
3963 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3964 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3965 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
3966 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
3967 file_ptr off;
3968 bfd_size_type maxpagesize;
3969 unsigned int alloc;
3970 unsigned int i, j;
3972 if (link_info == NULL
3973 && !elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, link_info))
3974 return FALSE;
3976 alloc = 0;
3977 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
3978 ++alloc;
3980 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
3981 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
3982 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = alloc;
3984 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
3985 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
3986 else
3987 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size
3988 >= alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr);
3990 if (alloc == 0)
3992 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
3993 return TRUE;
3996 phdrs = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, alloc, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
3997 elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs;
3998 if (phdrs == NULL)
3999 return FALSE;
4001 maxpagesize = 1;
4002 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4003 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
4005 off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4006 off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4008 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs, j = 0;
4009 m != NULL;
4010 m = m->next, p++, j++)
4012 asection **secpp;
4013 bfd_vma off_adjust;
4014 bfd_boolean no_contents;
4016 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4017 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4018 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4019 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4020 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4021 if (m->count > 1
4022 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE
4023 && m->p_type == PT_NOTE))
4024 qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *),
4025 elf_sort_sections);
4027 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4028 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4029 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4030 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4031 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
4032 p->p_type = m->p_type;
4033 p->p_flags = m->p_flags;
4035 if (m->count == 0)
4036 p->p_vaddr = 0;
4037 else
4038 p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
4040 if (m->p_paddr_valid)
4041 p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr;
4042 else if (m->count == 0)
4043 p->p_paddr = 0;
4044 else
4045 p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
4047 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4048 && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4050 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4051 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4052 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4053 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4054 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4055 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4056 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4057 segment. */
4058 if (m->p_align_valid)
4059 maxpagesize = m->p_align;
4061 p->p_align = maxpagesize;
4063 else if (m->count == 0)
4064 p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
4065 else if (m->p_align_valid)
4066 p->p_align = m->p_align;
4067 else
4068 p->p_align = 0;
4070 no_contents = FALSE;
4071 off_adjust = 0;
4072 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4073 && m->count > 0)
4075 bfd_size_type align;
4076 unsigned int align_power = 0;
4078 if (m->p_align_valid)
4079 align = p->p_align;
4080 else
4082 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4084 unsigned int secalign;
4086 secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp);
4087 if (secalign > align_power)
4088 align_power = secalign;
4090 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power;
4091 if (align < maxpagesize)
4092 align = maxpagesize;
4095 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4096 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
4097 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
4098 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
4099 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
4100 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOBITS;
4102 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
4103 sections. If the first section isn't loadable, the same
4104 holds for any other sections. */
4105 i = 0;
4106 while (elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) == SHT_NOBITS)
4108 /* If a segment starts with .tbss, we need to look
4109 at the next section to decide whether the segment
4110 has any loadable sections. */
4111 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[i]) & SHF_TLS) == 0
4112 || ++i >= m->count)
4114 no_contents = TRUE;
4115 break;
4119 off_adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (m->sections[0]->vma, off, align);
4120 off += off_adjust;
4121 if (no_contents)
4123 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
4124 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
4125 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
4126 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
4127 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
4128 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
4129 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
4130 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
4132 else
4133 off_adjust = 0;
4135 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4136 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4137 else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC
4138 && m->count > 1
4139 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0)
4141 _bfd_error_handler
4142 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4143 abfd);
4144 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4145 return FALSE;
4148 p->p_offset = 0;
4149 p->p_filesz = 0;
4150 p->p_memsz = 0;
4152 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4154 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4155 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4156 p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4157 p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4158 if (m->count > 0)
4160 BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
4162 if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off)
4164 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4165 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4166 abfd);
4167 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4168 return FALSE;
4171 p->p_vaddr -= off;
4172 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
4173 p->p_paddr -= off;
4177 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4179 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4180 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4182 if (!m->includes_filehdr)
4184 p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4186 if (m->count > 0)
4188 BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
4189 p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4190 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
4191 p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4195 p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4196 p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4199 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4200 || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core))
4202 if (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs)
4203 p->p_offset = off;
4204 else
4206 file_ptr adjust;
4208 adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz);
4209 if (!no_contents)
4210 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4211 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4215 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4216 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4217 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4218 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4219 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4220 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4222 asection *sec;
4223 bfd_size_type align;
4224 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
4226 sec = *secpp;
4227 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr;
4228 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec);
4230 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4231 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4233 bfd_signed_vma adjust = sec->lma - (p->p_paddr + p->p_memsz);
4235 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS
4236 || ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
4237 && ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0
4238 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)))
4240 if (adjust < 0)
4242 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4243 (_("%B: section %A lma 0x%lx overlaps previous sections"),
4244 abfd, sec, (unsigned long) sec->lma);
4245 adjust = 0;
4247 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4249 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4251 off += adjust;
4252 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4257 if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4259 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4260 everything. */
4261 if (i == 0)
4263 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
4264 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
4265 p->p_filesz = this_hdr->sh_size;
4266 p->p_memsz = 0;
4267 p->p_align = 1;
4269 else
4271 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4272 sec->filepos = 0;
4273 sec->size = 0;
4274 sec->flags = 0;
4275 continue;
4278 else
4280 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
4282 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
4283 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4284 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
4287 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4289 p->p_filesz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4290 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
4291 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
4292 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
4293 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4294 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4296 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4298 if (p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4299 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4301 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4302 normal segments. */
4303 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
4304 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4307 if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
4308 p->p_align = 1;
4309 else if (align > p->p_align
4310 && !m->p_align_valid
4311 && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
4312 || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0))
4313 p->p_align = align;
4316 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4318 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4319 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
4320 p->p_flags |= PF_X;
4321 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0)
4322 p->p_flags |= PF_W;
4325 off -= off_adjust;
4327 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
4328 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
4329 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
4330 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4332 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
4333 asection *sec;
4335 sec = *secpp;
4336 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(sec)->this_hdr);
4337 if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0
4338 && !ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, p))
4340 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4341 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
4342 abfd, sec, j);
4343 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4344 return FALSE;
4349 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4350 return TRUE;
4353 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4355 static bfd_boolean
4356 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
4357 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4359 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4360 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrpp;
4361 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4362 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4363 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4364 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4365 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr;
4366 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr;
4367 file_ptr off;
4368 unsigned int num_sec;
4369 unsigned int i;
4370 unsigned int count;
4372 i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4373 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4374 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
4375 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4377 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
4378 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4380 hdr = *hdrpp;
4381 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
4382 && (hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0
4383 || (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
4384 && hdr->contents == NULL)))
4385 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_offset == hdr->bfd_section->filepos);
4386 else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4388 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
4389 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4390 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4391 abfd,
4392 (hdr->bfd_section == NULL
4393 ? "*unknown*"
4394 : hdr->bfd_section->name)));
4395 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
4396 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && hdr->sh_size != 0)
4397 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4398 bed->maxpagesize);
4399 else
4400 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4401 hdr->sh_addralign);
4402 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off,
4403 FALSE);
4405 else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4406 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4407 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section]
4408 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_shndx_section]
4409 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section])
4410 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4411 else
4412 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4414 if (i == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
4416 i += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4417 hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4421 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4422 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4423 count = 0;
4424 filehdr_vaddr = 0;
4425 filehdr_paddr = 0;
4426 phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4427 phdrs_paddr = 0;
4428 phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
4429 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4430 m != NULL;
4431 m = m->next, p++)
4433 ++count;
4434 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD)
4435 continue;
4437 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4439 filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4440 filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4442 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4444 phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4445 phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4446 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4448 phdrs_vaddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4449 phdrs_paddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4454 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4455 m != NULL;
4456 m = m->next, p++)
4458 if (m->count != 0)
4460 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
4461 && (p->p_type != PT_NOTE || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core))
4463 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4464 BFD_ASSERT (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs);
4466 hdr = &elf_section_data (m->sections[m->count - 1])->this_hdr;
4467 p->p_filesz = (m->sections[m->count - 1]->filepos
4468 - m->sections[0]->filepos);
4469 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4470 p->p_filesz += hdr->sh_size;
4472 p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos;
4475 else
4477 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4479 p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr;
4480 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4481 p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr;
4483 else if (m->includes_phdrs)
4485 p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr;
4486 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4487 p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr;
4489 else if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
4491 Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp;
4493 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp)
4495 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
4496 && lp->p_vaddr <= link_info->relro_end
4497 && lp->p_vaddr >= link_info->relro_start
4498 && (lp->p_vaddr + lp->p_filesz
4499 >= link_info->relro_end))
4500 break;
4503 if (lp < phdrs + count
4504 && link_info->relro_end > lp->p_vaddr)
4506 p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr;
4507 p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr;
4508 p->p_offset = lp->p_offset;
4509 p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr;
4510 p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz;
4511 p->p_align = 1;
4512 p->p_flags = (lp->p_flags & ~PF_W);
4514 else
4516 memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
4517 p->p_type = PT_NULL;
4523 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4525 return TRUE;
4528 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
4529 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
4530 VMAs must be known before this is called.
4532 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
4533 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
4534 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
4535 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
4536 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
4537 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
4538 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
4540 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
4542 static bfd_boolean
4543 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd,
4544 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4546 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
4547 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4548 file_ptr off;
4549 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4551 if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0
4552 && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
4554 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4555 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4556 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4557 unsigned int i;
4559 /* Start after the ELF header. */
4560 off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
4562 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
4563 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
4564 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
4565 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4567 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4569 hdr = *hdrpp;
4570 if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4571 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4572 || i == tdata->symtab_section
4573 || i == tdata->symtab_shndx_section
4574 || i == tdata->strtab_section)
4576 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4578 else
4579 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4581 if (i == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
4583 i += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4584 hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4588 else
4590 unsigned int alloc;
4592 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
4593 assignment of sections to segments. */
4594 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
4595 return FALSE;
4597 /* And for non-load sections. */
4598 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
4599 return FALSE;
4601 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers != NULL)
4603 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers) (abfd, link_info))
4604 return FALSE;
4607 /* Write out the program headers. */
4608 alloc = tdata->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4609 if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
4610 || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, tdata->phdr, alloc) != 0)
4611 return FALSE;
4613 off = tdata->next_file_pos;
4616 /* Place the section headers. */
4617 off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align);
4618 i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
4619 off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
4621 tdata->next_file_pos = off;
4623 return TRUE;
4626 static bfd_boolean
4627 prep_headers (bfd *abfd)
4629 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
4630 Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp = 0; /* Program header table, internal form */
4631 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; /* Section header table, internal form */
4632 struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab;
4633 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4635 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4636 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4638 shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
4639 if (shstrtab == NULL)
4640 return FALSE;
4642 elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
4644 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
4645 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
4646 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
4647 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
4649 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass;
4650 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
4651 bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
4652 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current;
4654 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
4655 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN;
4656 else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
4657 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
4658 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4659 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE;
4660 else
4661 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL;
4663 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
4665 case bfd_arch_unknown:
4666 i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
4667 break;
4669 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
4670 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
4671 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
4672 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
4673 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
4674 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
4675 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
4676 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
4677 default:
4678 i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code;
4681 i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current;
4682 i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4684 /* No program header, for now. */
4685 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
4686 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
4687 i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
4689 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
4690 i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
4691 i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr;
4693 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
4694 if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
4695 /* It all happens later. */
4697 else
4699 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
4700 i_phdrp = 0;
4701 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
4704 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name =
4705 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE);
4706 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name =
4707 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE);
4708 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name =
4709 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE);
4710 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
4711 || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
4712 || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
4713 return FALSE;
4715 return TRUE;
4718 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
4719 of the loadable file image. */
4721 void
4722 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd *abfd)
4724 file_ptr off;
4725 unsigned int i, num_sec;
4726 Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp;
4728 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
4730 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4731 for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; i < num_sec; i++, shdrpp++)
4733 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp;
4735 shdrp = *shdrpp;
4736 if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4737 && shdrp->sh_offset == -1)
4738 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE);
4741 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4744 bfd_boolean
4745 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd)
4747 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4748 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
4749 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
4750 bfd_boolean failed;
4751 unsigned int count, num_sec;
4753 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
4754 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
4755 return FALSE;
4757 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4758 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4760 failed = FALSE;
4761 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed);
4762 if (failed)
4763 return FALSE;
4765 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd);
4767 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
4768 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4769 for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++)
4771 if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing)
4772 (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]);
4773 if (i_shdrp[count]->contents)
4775 bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size;
4777 if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
4778 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt)
4779 return FALSE;
4781 if (count == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
4782 count += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4785 /* Write out the section header names. */
4786 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL
4787 && (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
4788 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd))))
4789 return FALSE;
4791 if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing)
4792 (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd,
4793 elf_tdata (abfd)->linker);
4795 if (!bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd))
4796 return FALSE;
4798 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
4799 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->after_write_object_contents)
4800 return (*elf_tdata (abfd)->after_write_object_contents) (abfd);
4802 return TRUE;
4805 bfd_boolean
4806 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd)
4808 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
4809 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd);
4812 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
4815 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect)
4817 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
4818 int index;
4820 if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL
4821 && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0)
4822 return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx;
4824 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect))
4825 index = SHN_ABS;
4826 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect))
4827 index = SHN_COMMON;
4828 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect))
4829 index = SHN_UNDEF;
4830 else
4831 index = -1;
4833 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4834 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
4836 int retval = index;
4838 if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval))
4839 return retval;
4842 if (index == -1)
4843 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
4845 return index;
4848 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
4849 on error. */
4852 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr)
4854 asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
4855 int idx;
4856 flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
4858 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
4859 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
4860 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
4861 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
4862 input sections rather than the output section. */
4863 if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0
4864 && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
4865 && asym_ptr->section)
4867 asection *sec;
4868 int indx;
4870 sec = asym_ptr->section;
4871 if (sec->owner != abfd && sec->output_section != NULL)
4872 sec = sec->output_section;
4873 if (sec->owner == abfd
4874 && (indx = sec->index) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd)
4875 && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL)
4876 asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i;
4879 idx = asym_ptr->udata.i;
4881 if (idx == 0)
4883 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
4884 which is used in a relocation entry. */
4885 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4886 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
4887 abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr));
4888 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols);
4889 return -1;
4892 #if DEBUG & 4
4894 fprintf (stderr,
4895 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n",
4896 (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags,
4897 elf_symbol_flags (flags));
4898 fflush (stderr);
4900 #endif
4902 return idx;
4905 /* Rewrite program header information. */
4907 static bfd_boolean
4908 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
4910 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
4911 struct elf_segment_map *map;
4912 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
4913 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
4914 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
4915 asection *section;
4916 unsigned int i;
4917 unsigned int num_segments;
4918 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
4919 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
4920 struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL;
4921 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0;
4922 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
4924 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
4925 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
4927 map_first = NULL;
4928 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
4930 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
4931 maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize;
4933 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
4934 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
4935 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
4936 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
4938 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
4939 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
4940 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
4941 ? section->size : 0)
4943 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
4944 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
4945 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
4946 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
4947 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
4948 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
4950 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
4951 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
4952 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
4953 (section->lma >= base \
4954 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
4955 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
4957 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo etc. */
4958 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
4959 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
4960 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
4961 && s->vma == 0 && s->lma == 0 \
4962 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
4963 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
4964 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
4966 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
4967 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
4968 p_memsz set to 0. */
4969 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
4970 (p->p_vaddr == 0 \
4971 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
4972 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
4973 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
4974 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
4975 && s->size > 0 \
4976 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
4977 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
4978 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
4980 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
4981 A section will be included if:
4982 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
4983 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
4984 2. It is an allocated segment,
4985 3. There is an output section associated with it,
4986 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
4987 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
4988 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
4989 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
4990 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
4991 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
4992 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
4993 ((((segment->p_paddr \
4994 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
4995 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
4996 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
4997 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) \
4998 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
4999 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5000 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5001 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5002 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5003 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5004 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5005 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5006 || (segment->p_paddr \
5007 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5008 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5009 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5010 == 0)) \
5011 && ! section->segment_mark)
5013 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
5014 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5015 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5016 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
5017 && section->output_section != NULL)
5019 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5020 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5021 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5023 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5024 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5025 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5026 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5027 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5028 LMA. */
5029 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5030 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5031 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5032 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5033 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5035 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5036 for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next)
5037 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5039 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5040 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5041 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5042 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5043 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5044 i < num_segments;
5045 i++, segment++)
5047 unsigned int j;
5048 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2;
5050 if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP)
5051 for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next)
5052 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section))
5054 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5055 assignment code will work. */
5056 segment->p_vaddr = section->vma;
5057 break;
5060 if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5061 continue;
5063 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5064 for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2 ++)
5066 bfd_signed_vma extra_length;
5068 if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD
5069 || ! SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2))
5070 continue;
5072 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5073 if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr)
5075 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5076 SEGMENT. */
5077 extra_length =
5078 SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)
5079 - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr);
5081 if (extra_length > 0)
5083 segment2->p_memsz += extra_length;
5084 segment2->p_filesz += extra_length;
5087 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
5089 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5090 i = 0;
5091 segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5092 break;
5094 else
5096 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5097 SEGMENT2. */
5098 extra_length =
5099 SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)
5100 - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr);
5102 if (extra_length > 0)
5104 segment->p_memsz += extra_length;
5105 segment->p_filesz += extra_length;
5108 segment2->p_type = PT_NULL;
5113 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5114 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5115 i < num_segments;
5116 i ++, segment ++)
5118 unsigned int section_count;
5119 asection ** sections;
5120 asection * output_section;
5121 unsigned int isec;
5122 bfd_vma matching_lma;
5123 bfd_vma suggested_lma;
5124 unsigned int j;
5125 bfd_size_type amt;
5126 asection * first_section;
5128 if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
5129 continue;
5131 first_section = NULL;
5132 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5133 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
5134 section != NULL;
5135 section = section->next)
5137 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
5138 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5139 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5141 if (first_section == NULL)
5142 first_section = section;
5143 if (section->output_section != NULL)
5144 ++section_count;
5148 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5149 all of the sections we have selected. */
5150 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5151 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5152 map = bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
5153 if (map == NULL)
5154 return FALSE;
5156 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5157 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5158 map->next = NULL;
5159 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5160 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5161 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5163 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
5164 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
5165 output segment. */
5166 if (!first_section || first_section->output_section != NULL)
5168 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
5169 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5172 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5173 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5174 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
5175 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
5177 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5179 if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5181 map->includes_phdrs =
5182 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5183 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
5184 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5185 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
5187 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
5188 phdr_included = TRUE;
5191 if (section_count == 0)
5193 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5194 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5195 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5196 a warning is produced. */
5197 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD)
5198 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5199 (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5200 ibfd);
5202 map->count = 0;
5203 *pointer_to_map = map;
5204 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5206 continue;
5209 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5210 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5211 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5212 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5214 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5215 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5216 input BFD.
5218 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5219 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5220 of the first section.
5222 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5223 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5224 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5225 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5226 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5228 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5229 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5230 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5231 or segments to contain the other sections.
5233 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5234 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5235 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5237 /* Gcc 2.96 miscompiles this code on mips. Don't do casting here
5238 to work around this long long bug. */
5239 sections = bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *));
5240 if (sections == NULL)
5241 return FALSE;
5243 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5244 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5245 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5246 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5247 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5248 more to do. */
5249 isec = 0;
5250 matching_lma = 0;
5251 suggested_lma = 0;
5253 for (j = 0, section = ibfd->sections;
5254 section != NULL;
5255 section = section->next)
5257 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5259 output_section = section->output_section;
5261 sections[j ++] = section;
5263 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5264 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5265 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5266 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5267 if (segment->p_paddr == 0
5268 && segment->p_vaddr != 0
5269 && (! bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero)
5270 && isec == 0
5271 && output_section->lma != 0
5272 && (output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr
5273 + (map->includes_filehdr
5274 ? iehdr->e_ehsize
5275 : 0)
5276 + (map->includes_phdrs
5277 ? (iehdr->e_phnum
5278 * iehdr->e_phentsize)
5279 : 0))))
5280 map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr;
5282 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5283 LMA address of the output section. */
5284 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5285 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)
5286 || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero &&
5287 IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment)))
5289 if (matching_lma == 0 || output_section->lma < matching_lma)
5290 matching_lma = output_section->lma;
5292 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5293 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5294 segment. */
5295 map->sections[isec ++] = output_section;
5297 else if (suggested_lma == 0)
5298 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5302 BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count);
5304 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5305 if necessary. */
5306 if (isec == section_count)
5308 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5309 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5310 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5311 program header in the input BFD. */
5312 map->count = section_count;
5313 *pointer_to_map = map;
5314 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5316 if (matching_lma != map->p_paddr
5317 && !map->includes_filehdr && !map->includes_phdrs)
5318 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
5319 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
5320 segment's vma. */
5321 map->p_vaddr_offset = matching_lma - map->p_paddr;
5323 free (sections);
5324 continue;
5326 else
5328 if (matching_lma != 0)
5330 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5331 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5332 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5333 map->p_paddr = matching_lma;
5335 else
5337 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5338 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5339 the LMA of the first section. */
5340 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5343 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5344 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5345 if (map->includes_filehdr)
5346 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize;
5348 if (map->includes_phdrs)
5350 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5352 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5353 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5354 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5355 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5356 offset when we know the correct value. */
5357 phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum;
5358 phdr_adjust_seg = map;
5362 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5363 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5364 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5365 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5366 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5367 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5368 the loop. */
5369 isec = 0;
5372 map->count = 0;
5373 suggested_lma = 0;
5375 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5376 for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++)
5378 section = sections[j];
5380 if (section == NULL)
5381 continue;
5383 output_section = section->output_section;
5385 BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL);
5387 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5388 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section))
5390 if (map->count == 0)
5392 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5393 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5394 wrong. */
5395 if (output_section->lma !=
5396 (map->p_paddr
5397 + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0)
5398 + (map->includes_phdrs
5399 ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
5400 : 0)))
5401 abort ();
5403 else
5405 asection * prev_sec;
5407 prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1];
5409 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
5410 and the start of this section is more than
5411 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
5412 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size,
5413 maxpagesize)
5414 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize))
5415 || ((prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size)
5416 > output_section->lma))
5418 if (suggested_lma == 0)
5419 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5421 continue;
5425 map->sections[map->count++] = output_section;
5426 ++isec;
5427 sections[j] = NULL;
5428 section->segment_mark = TRUE;
5430 else if (suggested_lma == 0)
5431 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5434 BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0);
5436 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
5437 *pointer_to_map = map;
5438 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5440 if (isec < section_count)
5442 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
5443 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
5444 and carry on looping. */
5445 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5446 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5447 map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt);
5448 if (map == NULL)
5450 free (sections);
5451 return FALSE;
5454 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
5455 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
5456 not yet been assigned. */
5457 map->next = NULL;
5458 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5459 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5460 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5461 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5462 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5463 map->includes_filehdr = 0;
5464 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5467 while (isec < section_count);
5469 free (sections);
5472 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5473 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5474 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5475 reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5476 for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5477 if (map->p_paddr != 0)
5478 break;
5479 if (map == NULL)
5480 for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5481 map->p_paddr_valid = 0;
5483 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
5485 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
5486 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
5487 the offset if necessary. */
5488 if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL)
5490 unsigned int count;
5492 for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5493 count++;
5495 if (count > phdr_adjust_num)
5496 phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr
5497 -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5500 #undef SEGMENT_END
5501 #undef SECTION_SIZE
5502 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
5503 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
5504 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
5505 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
5506 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
5507 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
5508 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
5509 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
5510 return TRUE;
5513 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
5515 static bfd_boolean
5516 copy_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5518 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
5519 struct elf_segment_map *map;
5520 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
5521 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
5522 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5523 unsigned int i;
5524 unsigned int num_segments;
5525 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
5527 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
5529 map_first = NULL;
5530 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
5532 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5533 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5534 i < num_segments;
5535 i++, segment++)
5537 asection *section;
5538 unsigned int section_count;
5539 bfd_size_type amt;
5540 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
5541 asection *first_section = NULL;
5542 asection *lowest_section = NULL;
5544 /* FIXME: Do we need to copy PT_NULL segment? */
5545 if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
5546 continue;
5548 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
5549 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
5550 section != NULL;
5551 section = section->next)
5553 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
5554 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment))
5556 if (!first_section)
5557 first_section = lowest_section = section;
5558 if (section->lma < lowest_section->lma)
5559 lowest_section = section;
5560 section_count++;
5564 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5565 all of the sections we have selected. */
5566 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5567 if (section_count != 0)
5568 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5569 map = bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
5570 if (map == NULL)
5571 return FALSE;
5573 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
5574 input segment. */
5575 map->next = NULL;
5576 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5577 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5578 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5579 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
5580 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5581 map->p_align = segment->p_align;
5582 map->p_align_valid = 1;
5583 map->p_vaddr_offset = 0;
5585 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5586 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5587 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
5588 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
5590 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5591 if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5593 map->includes_phdrs =
5594 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5595 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
5596 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5597 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
5599 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
5600 phdr_included = TRUE;
5603 if (!map->includes_phdrs && !map->includes_filehdr)
5604 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
5605 map->p_vaddr_offset = ((lowest_section ? lowest_section->lma : 0)
5606 - segment->p_paddr);
5608 if (section_count != 0)
5610 unsigned int isec = 0;
5612 for (section = first_section;
5613 section != NULL;
5614 section = section->next)
5616 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
5617 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment))
5619 map->sections[isec++] = section->output_section;
5620 if (isec == section_count)
5621 break;
5626 map->count = section_count;
5627 *pointer_to_map = map;
5628 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5631 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
5632 return TRUE;
5635 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
5636 information. */
5638 static bfd_boolean
5639 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5641 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5642 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5643 return TRUE;
5645 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL)
5646 return TRUE;
5648 if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec)
5650 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
5651 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
5652 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5653 asection *section, *osec;
5654 unsigned int i, num_segments;
5655 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
5657 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
5658 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
5659 section = section->next)
5660 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5662 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5663 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5664 i < num_segments;
5665 i++, segment++)
5667 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
5668 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
5669 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
5670 map in this case. */
5671 if (segment->p_paddr == 0
5672 && segment->p_memsz == 0
5673 && (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP || segment->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC))
5674 goto rewrite;
5676 for (section = ibfd->sections;
5677 section != NULL; section = section->next)
5679 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
5680 from the input BFD. */
5681 osec = section->output_section;
5682 if (osec)
5683 osec->segment_mark = TRUE;
5685 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
5686 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
5687 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment))
5689 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
5690 removed. What else do we need to check? */
5691 if (osec == NULL
5692 || section->flags != osec->flags
5693 || section->lma != osec->lma
5694 || section->vma != osec->vma
5695 || section->size != osec->size
5696 || section->rawsize != osec->rawsize
5697 || section->alignment_power != osec->alignment_power)
5698 goto rewrite;
5703 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
5704 input BFD. */
5705 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
5706 section = section->next)
5708 if (section->segment_mark == FALSE)
5709 goto rewrite;
5710 else
5711 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5714 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
5717 rewrite:
5718 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
5721 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
5723 bfd_boolean
5724 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
5725 asection *isec,
5726 bfd *obfd,
5727 asection *osec,
5728 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
5731 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
5732 bfd_boolean need_group = link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable;
5734 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5735 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5736 return TRUE;
5738 /* Don't copy the output ELF section type from input if the
5739 output BFD section flags have been set to something different.
5740 elf_fake_sections will set ELF section type based on BFD
5741 section flags. */
5742 if (elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL
5743 && (osec->flags == isec->flags || !osec->flags))
5744 elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec);
5746 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
5747 elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec)
5748 & (SHF_MASKOS | SHF_MASKPROC));
5750 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
5751 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
5752 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
5753 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
5754 if (need_group)
5756 if (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL
5757 || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
5759 if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP)
5760 elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP;
5761 elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec);
5762 elf_group_name (osec) = elf_group_name (isec);
5766 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
5768 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
5769 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
5770 may be NULL at this point. */
5771 if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
5773 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
5774 ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER;
5775 elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec);
5778 osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p;
5780 return TRUE;
5783 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
5784 field, and sometimes the info field. */
5786 bfd_boolean
5787 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
5788 asection *isec,
5789 bfd *obfd,
5790 asection *osec)
5792 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
5794 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5795 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5796 return TRUE;
5798 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
5799 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
5801 ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize;
5803 if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
5804 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM
5805 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed
5806 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
5807 ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info;
5809 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec,
5810 NULL);
5813 /* Copy private header information. */
5815 bfd_boolean
5816 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5818 asection *isec;
5820 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5821 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5822 return TRUE;
5824 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
5825 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
5826 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
5827 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
5828 already been worked out. */
5829 if (elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL)
5831 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
5832 return FALSE;
5835 /* _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data copied over the SHF_GROUP flag
5836 but this might be wrong if we deleted the group section. */
5837 for (isec = ibfd->sections; isec != NULL; isec = isec->next)
5838 if (elf_section_type (isec) == SHT_GROUP
5839 && isec->output_section == NULL)
5841 asection *first = elf_next_in_group (isec);
5842 asection *s = first;
5843 while (s != NULL)
5845 if (s->output_section != NULL)
5847 elf_section_flags (s->output_section) &= ~SHF_GROUP;
5848 elf_group_name (s->output_section) = NULL;
5850 s = elf_next_in_group (s);
5851 if (s == first)
5852 break;
5856 return TRUE;
5859 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
5860 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
5861 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
5862 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
5863 swap_out_syms function. */
5865 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
5866 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
5867 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
5868 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
5869 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
5871 bfd_boolean
5872 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd,
5873 asymbol *isymarg,
5874 bfd *obfd,
5875 asymbol *osymarg)
5877 elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym;
5879 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5880 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5881 return TRUE;
5883 isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg);
5884 osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg);
5886 if (isym != NULL
5887 && osym != NULL
5888 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section))
5890 unsigned int shndx;
5892 shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
5893 if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd))
5894 shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB;
5895 else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd))
5896 shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB;
5897 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->strtab_section)
5898 shndx = MAP_STRTAB;
5899 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->shstrtab_section)
5900 shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB;
5901 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_section)
5902 shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX;
5903 osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx;
5906 return TRUE;
5909 /* Swap out the symbols. */
5911 static bfd_boolean
5912 swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd,
5913 struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp,
5914 int relocatable_p)
5916 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5917 int symcount;
5918 asymbol **syms;
5919 struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt;
5920 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5921 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr;
5922 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
5923 bfd_byte *outbound_syms;
5924 bfd_byte *outbound_shndx;
5925 int idx;
5926 bfd_size_type amt;
5927 bfd_boolean name_local_sections;
5929 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd))
5930 return FALSE;
5932 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
5933 stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
5934 if (stt == NULL)
5935 return FALSE;
5937 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5938 symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
5939 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
5940 symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
5941 symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
5942 symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
5943 symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1;
5944 symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
5946 symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
5947 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
5949 outbound_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, bed->s->sizeof_sym);
5950 if (outbound_syms == NULL)
5952 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
5953 return FALSE;
5955 symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms;
5957 outbound_shndx = NULL;
5958 symtab_shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
5959 if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0)
5961 amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
5962 outbound_shndx = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount,
5963 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
5964 if (outbound_shndx == NULL)
5966 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
5967 return FALSE;
5970 symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx;
5971 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX;
5972 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt;
5973 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
5974 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
5977 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
5979 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
5980 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
5981 sym.st_name = 0;
5982 sym.st_value = 0;
5983 sym.st_size = 0;
5984 sym.st_info = 0;
5985 sym.st_other = 0;
5986 sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
5987 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
5988 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
5989 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
5990 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
5993 name_local_sections
5994 = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
5995 && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd));
5997 syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
5998 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
6000 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
6001 bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
6002 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
6003 flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags;
6004 int type;
6006 if (!name_local_sections
6007 && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6009 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6010 sym.st_name = 0;
6012 else
6014 sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt,
6015 syms[idx]->name,
6016 TRUE, FALSE);
6017 if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
6019 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6020 return FALSE;
6024 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]);
6026 if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
6027 && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6029 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6030 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6031 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6032 sym.st_size = value;
6033 if (type_ptr == NULL
6034 || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0)
6035 sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value));
6036 else
6037 sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
6038 sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6039 (abfd, syms[idx]->section);
6041 else
6043 asection *sec = syms[idx]->section;
6044 int shndx;
6046 if (sec->output_section)
6048 value += sec->output_offset;
6049 sec = sec->output_section;
6052 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6053 if (! relocatable_p)
6054 value += sec->vma;
6055 sym.st_value = value;
6056 sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0;
6058 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
6059 && type_ptr != NULL
6060 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0)
6062 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6063 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6064 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6065 shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
6066 switch (shndx)
6068 case MAP_ONESYMTAB:
6069 shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
6070 break;
6071 case MAP_DYNSYMTAB:
6072 shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd);
6073 break;
6074 case MAP_STRTAB:
6075 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_section;
6076 break;
6077 case MAP_SHSTRTAB:
6078 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_section;
6079 break;
6080 case MAP_SYM_SHNDX:
6081 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_section;
6082 break;
6083 default:
6084 break;
6087 else
6089 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
6091 if (shndx == -1)
6093 asection *sec2;
6095 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6096 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6097 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6098 demand of applications. For example, it
6099 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6100 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6101 actually in the output file. */
6102 sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name);
6103 if (sec2 == NULL)
6105 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6106 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6107 syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>",
6108 sec->name);
6109 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6110 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6111 return FALSE;
6114 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2);
6115 BFD_ASSERT (shndx != -1);
6119 sym.st_shndx = shndx;
6122 if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
6123 type = STT_TLS;
6124 else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
6125 type = STT_FUNC;
6126 else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0)
6127 type = STT_OBJECT;
6128 else if ((flags & BSF_RELC) != 0)
6129 type = STT_RELC;
6130 else if ((flags & BSF_SRELC) != 0)
6131 type = STT_SRELC;
6132 else
6133 type = STT_NOTYPE;
6135 if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
6136 type = STT_TLS;
6138 /* Processor-specific types. */
6139 if (type_ptr != NULL
6140 && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6141 type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6142 (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type));
6144 if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6146 if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6147 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6148 else
6149 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
6151 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6152 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type);
6153 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section))
6154 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)
6155 ? STB_WEAK
6156 : STB_GLOBAL),
6157 type);
6158 else if (flags & BSF_FILE)
6159 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
6160 else
6162 int bind = STB_LOCAL;
6164 if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
6165 bind = STB_LOCAL;
6166 else if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
6167 bind = STB_WEAK;
6168 else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6169 bind = STB_GLOBAL;
6171 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type);
6174 if (type_ptr != NULL)
6175 sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
6176 else
6177 sym.st_other = 0;
6179 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6180 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6181 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6182 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6185 *sttp = stt;
6186 symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt);
6187 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6189 symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
6190 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
6191 symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6192 symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
6193 symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
6194 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
6196 return TRUE;
6199 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6201 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6202 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6203 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6205 long
6206 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6208 long symcount;
6209 long symtab_size;
6210 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6212 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6213 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6214 if (symcount > 0)
6215 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6217 return symtab_size;
6220 long
6221 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6223 long symcount;
6224 long symtab_size;
6225 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
6227 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6229 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6230 return -1;
6233 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6234 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6235 if (symcount > 0)
6236 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6238 return symtab_size;
6241 long
6242 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6243 sec_ptr asect)
6245 return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *);
6248 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6250 long
6251 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6252 sec_ptr section,
6253 arelent **relptr,
6254 asymbol **symbols)
6256 arelent *tblptr;
6257 unsigned int i;
6258 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6260 if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE))
6261 return -1;
6263 tblptr = section->relocation;
6264 for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++)
6265 *relptr++ = tblptr++;
6267 *relptr = NULL;
6269 return section->reloc_count;
6272 long
6273 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation)
6275 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6276 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE);
6278 if (symcount >= 0)
6279 bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
6280 return symcount;
6283 long
6284 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
6285 asymbol **allocation)
6287 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6288 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE);
6290 if (symcount >= 0)
6291 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
6292 return symcount;
6295 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
6296 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
6297 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
6298 dynamic reloc section. */
6300 long
6301 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6303 long ret;
6304 asection *s;
6306 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6308 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6309 return -1;
6312 ret = sizeof (arelent *);
6313 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6314 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
6315 && elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
6316 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
6317 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
6318 ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize)
6319 * sizeof (arelent *));
6321 return ret;
6324 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
6325 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
6326 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
6327 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
6328 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
6329 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
6330 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
6332 long
6333 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6334 arelent **storage,
6335 asymbol **syms)
6337 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
6338 asection *s;
6339 long ret;
6341 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6343 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6344 return -1;
6347 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
6348 ret = 0;
6349 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6351 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
6352 && elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
6353 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
6354 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
6356 arelent *p;
6357 long count, i;
6359 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE))
6360 return -1;
6361 count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize;
6362 p = s->relocation;
6363 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
6364 *storage++ = p++;
6365 ret += count;
6369 *storage = NULL;
6371 return ret;
6374 /* Read in the version information. */
6376 bfd_boolean
6377 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver)
6379 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
6380 unsigned int freeidx = 0;
6382 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
6384 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6385 Elf_External_Verneed *everneed;
6386 Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed;
6387 unsigned int i;
6388 bfd_byte *contents_end;
6390 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr;
6392 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info,
6393 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed));
6394 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)
6395 goto error_return;
6397 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info;
6399 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6400 if (contents == NULL)
6402 error_return_verref:
6403 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL;
6404 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0;
6405 goto error_return;
6407 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6408 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
6409 goto error_return_verref;
6411 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed))
6412 goto error_return_verref;
6414 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)
6415 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux));
6416 contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed);
6417 everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents;
6418 iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
6419 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++)
6421 Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux;
6422 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux;
6423 unsigned int j;
6425 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed);
6427 iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd;
6429 iverneed->vn_filename =
6430 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6431 iverneed->vn_file);
6432 if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL)
6433 goto error_return_verref;
6435 if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0)
6436 iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL;
6437 else
6439 iverneed->vn_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt,
6440 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux));
6441 if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL)
6442 goto error_return_verref;
6445 if (iverneed->vn_aux
6446 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
6447 goto error_return_verref;
6449 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
6450 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux));
6451 ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr;
6452 for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++)
6454 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux);
6456 ivernaux->vna_nodename =
6457 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6458 ivernaux->vna_name);
6459 if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL)
6460 goto error_return_verref;
6462 if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt)
6463 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1;
6464 else
6465 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL;
6467 if (ivernaux->vna_next
6468 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux))
6469 goto error_return_verref;
6471 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
6472 ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next));
6474 if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx)
6475 freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other;
6478 if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
6479 iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1;
6480 else
6481 iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL;
6483 if (iverneed->vn_next
6484 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
6485 goto error_return_verref;
6487 everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *)
6488 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next));
6491 free (contents);
6492 contents = NULL;
6495 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
6497 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6498 Elf_External_Verdef *everdef;
6499 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
6500 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr;
6501 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem;
6502 unsigned int i;
6503 unsigned int maxidx;
6504 bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux;
6506 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr;
6508 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6509 if (contents == NULL)
6510 goto error_return;
6511 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6512 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
6513 goto error_return;
6515 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef))
6516 goto error_return;
6518 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)
6519 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux));
6520 contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size
6521 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef);
6522 contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size
6523 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
6525 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
6526 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
6527 the maximum. */
6528 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
6529 maxidx = 0;
6530 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i)
6532 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
6534 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx)
6535 maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION);
6537 if (iverdefmem.vd_next
6538 > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
6539 goto error_return;
6541 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
6542 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next));
6545 if (default_imported_symver)
6547 if (freeidx > maxidx)
6548 maxidx = ++freeidx;
6549 else
6550 freeidx = ++maxidx;
6552 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx,
6553 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6554 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
6555 goto error_return;
6557 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx;
6559 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
6560 iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef;
6561 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++)
6563 Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux;
6564 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
6565 unsigned int j;
6567 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
6569 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0)
6571 error_return_verdef:
6572 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL;
6573 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0;
6574 goto error_return;
6577 iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1];
6578 memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6580 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
6582 if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0)
6583 iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL;
6584 else
6586 iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt,
6587 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
6588 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
6589 goto error_return_verdef;
6592 if (iverdef->vd_aux
6593 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
6594 goto error_return_verdef;
6596 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
6597 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux));
6598 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
6599 for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++)
6601 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux);
6603 iverdaux->vda_nodename =
6604 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6605 iverdaux->vda_name);
6606 if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL)
6607 goto error_return_verdef;
6609 if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt)
6610 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1;
6611 else
6612 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
6614 if (iverdaux->vda_next
6615 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux))
6616 goto error_return_verdef;
6618 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
6619 ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next));
6622 if (iverdef->vd_cnt)
6623 iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename;
6625 if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx)
6626 iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1;
6627 else
6628 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
6630 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
6631 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next));
6634 free (contents);
6635 contents = NULL;
6637 else if (default_imported_symver)
6639 if (freeidx < 3)
6640 freeidx = 3;
6641 else
6642 freeidx++;
6644 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx,
6645 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6646 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
6647 goto error_return;
6649 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx;
6652 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
6653 if (default_imported_symver)
6655 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
6656 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
6658 iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1];;
6660 iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT;
6661 iverdef->vd_flags = 0;
6662 iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx;
6663 iverdef->vd_cnt = 1;
6665 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
6667 iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd);
6668 if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL)
6669 goto error_return_verdef;
6670 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
6671 iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
6672 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
6673 goto error_return_verdef;
6675 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
6676 iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename;
6677 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
6680 return TRUE;
6682 error_return:
6683 if (contents != NULL)
6684 free (contents);
6685 return FALSE;
6688 asymbol *
6689 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd)
6691 elf_symbol_type *newsym;
6692 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (elf_symbol_type);
6694 newsym = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
6695 if (!newsym)
6696 return NULL;
6697 else
6699 newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
6700 return &newsym->symbol;
6704 void
6705 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6706 asymbol *symbol,
6707 symbol_info *ret)
6709 bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
6712 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
6713 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
6714 override it. */
6716 bfd_boolean
6717 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6718 const char *name)
6720 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
6721 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L')
6722 return TRUE;
6724 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
6725 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
6726 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.')
6727 return TRUE;
6729 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
6730 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
6731 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
6732 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
6733 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
6734 we treat such symbols as local. */
6735 if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_')
6736 return TRUE;
6738 return FALSE;
6741 alent *
6742 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6743 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6745 abort ();
6746 return NULL;
6749 bfd_boolean
6750 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd,
6751 enum bfd_architecture arch,
6752 unsigned long machine)
6754 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
6755 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
6756 if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch
6757 && arch != bfd_arch_unknown
6758 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
6759 return FALSE;
6761 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
6764 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
6765 for error reporting. */
6767 static bfd_boolean
6768 elf_find_function (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6769 asection *section,
6770 asymbol **symbols,
6771 bfd_vma offset,
6772 const char **filename_ptr,
6773 const char **functionname_ptr)
6775 const char *filename;
6776 asymbol *func, *file;
6777 bfd_vma low_func;
6778 asymbol **p;
6779 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
6780 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
6781 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
6782 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
6783 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
6784 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
6785 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
6786 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
6787 enum { nothing_seen, symbol_seen, file_after_symbol_seen } state;
6789 filename = NULL;
6790 func = NULL;
6791 file = NULL;
6792 low_func = 0;
6793 state = nothing_seen;
6795 for (p = symbols; *p != NULL; p++)
6797 elf_symbol_type *q;
6799 q = (elf_symbol_type *) *p;
6801 switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info))
6803 default:
6804 break;
6805 case STT_FILE:
6806 file = &q->symbol;
6807 if (state == symbol_seen)
6808 state = file_after_symbol_seen;
6809 continue;
6810 case STT_NOTYPE:
6811 case STT_FUNC:
6812 if (bfd_get_section (&q->symbol) == section
6813 && q->symbol.value >= low_func
6814 && q->symbol.value <= offset)
6816 func = (asymbol *) q;
6817 low_func = q->symbol.value;
6818 filename = NULL;
6819 if (file != NULL
6820 && (ELF_ST_BIND (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STB_LOCAL
6821 || state != file_after_symbol_seen))
6822 filename = bfd_asymbol_name (file);
6824 break;
6826 if (state == nothing_seen)
6827 state = symbol_seen;
6830 if (func == NULL)
6831 return FALSE;
6833 if (filename_ptr)
6834 *filename_ptr = filename;
6835 if (functionname_ptr)
6836 *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (func);
6838 return TRUE;
6841 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
6842 for error reporting. */
6844 bfd_boolean
6845 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd,
6846 asection *section,
6847 asymbol **symbols,
6848 bfd_vma offset,
6849 const char **filename_ptr,
6850 const char **functionname_ptr,
6851 unsigned int *line_ptr)
6853 bfd_boolean found;
6855 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
6856 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
6857 line_ptr))
6859 if (!*functionname_ptr)
6860 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
6861 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
6862 functionname_ptr);
6864 return TRUE;
6867 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
6868 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
6869 line_ptr, 0,
6870 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
6872 if (!*functionname_ptr)
6873 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
6874 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
6875 functionname_ptr);
6877 return TRUE;
6880 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
6881 &found, filename_ptr,
6882 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
6883 &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info))
6884 return FALSE;
6885 if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr))
6886 return TRUE;
6888 if (symbols == NULL)
6889 return FALSE;
6891 if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
6892 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr))
6893 return FALSE;
6895 *line_ptr = 0;
6896 return TRUE;
6899 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
6901 bfd_boolean
6902 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol,
6903 const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr)
6905 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd, symbols, symbol,
6906 filename_ptr, line_ptr, 0,
6907 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
6910 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
6911 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
6912 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
6913 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
6914 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
6916 bfd_boolean
6917 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
6918 const char **filename_ptr,
6919 const char **functionname_ptr,
6920 unsigned int *line_ptr)
6922 bfd_boolean found;
6923 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
6924 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
6925 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
6926 return found;
6930 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
6932 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6933 int ret = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
6935 if (!info->relocatable)
6937 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
6939 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
6941 struct elf_segment_map *m;
6943 phdr_size = 0;
6944 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
6945 phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
6947 if (phdr_size == 0)
6948 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
6951 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = phdr_size;
6952 ret += phdr_size;
6955 return ret;
6958 bfd_boolean
6959 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd,
6960 sec_ptr section,
6961 const void *location,
6962 file_ptr offset,
6963 bfd_size_type count)
6965 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6966 bfd_signed_vma pos;
6968 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
6969 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
6970 return FALSE;
6972 hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr;
6973 pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset;
6974 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
6975 || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count)
6976 return FALSE;
6978 return TRUE;
6981 void
6982 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6983 arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6984 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6986 abort ();
6989 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
6991 bfd_boolean
6992 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc)
6994 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
6996 if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec)
6998 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
6999 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7001 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7002 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7004 if (areloc->howto->pc_relative)
7006 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
7008 case 8:
7009 code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
7010 break;
7011 case 12:
7012 code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL;
7013 break;
7014 case 16:
7015 code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
7016 break;
7017 case 24:
7018 code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL;
7019 break;
7020 case 32:
7021 code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
7022 break;
7023 case 64:
7024 code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
7025 break;
7026 default:
7027 goto fail;
7030 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
7032 if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset)
7034 if (howto->pcrel_offset)
7035 areloc->addend += areloc->address;
7036 else
7037 areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7040 else
7042 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
7044 case 8:
7045 code = BFD_RELOC_8;
7046 break;
7047 case 14:
7048 code = BFD_RELOC_14;
7049 break;
7050 case 16:
7051 code = BFD_RELOC_16;
7052 break;
7053 case 26:
7054 code = BFD_RELOC_26;
7055 break;
7056 case 32:
7057 code = BFD_RELOC_32;
7058 break;
7059 case 64:
7060 code = BFD_RELOC_64;
7061 break;
7062 default:
7063 goto fail;
7066 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
7069 if (howto)
7070 areloc->howto = howto;
7071 else
7072 goto fail;
7075 return TRUE;
7077 fail:
7078 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7079 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7080 abfd, areloc->howto->name);
7081 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7082 return FALSE;
7085 bfd_boolean
7086 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd)
7088 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
7090 if (elf_tdata (abfd) != NULL && elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL)
7091 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
7092 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd);
7095 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd);
7098 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7099 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7100 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7101 this reloc. */
7103 bfd_reloc_status_type
7104 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7105 (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7106 struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7107 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7108 bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7110 return bfd_reloc_ok;
7113 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7114 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7115 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7116 out details about the corefile. */
7118 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7119 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7120 #endif
7122 /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */
7124 static int
7125 elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd)
7127 return ((elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid << 16)
7128 + (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid));
7131 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7132 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7133 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7134 overwrite it. */
7136 static bfd_boolean
7137 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect)
7139 asection *sect2;
7141 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL)
7142 return TRUE;
7144 sect2 = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, name, sect->flags);
7145 if (sect2 == NULL)
7146 return FALSE;
7148 sect2->size = sect->size;
7149 sect2->filepos = sect->filepos;
7150 sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power;
7151 return TRUE;
7154 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7155 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7156 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7157 such a section already exists.
7158 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7159 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7160 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7161 bfd_boolean
7162 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
7163 char *name,
7164 size_t size,
7165 ufile_ptr filepos)
7167 char buf[100];
7168 char *threaded_name;
7169 size_t len;
7170 asection *sect;
7172 /* Build the section name. */
7174 sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7175 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7176 threaded_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7177 if (threaded_name == NULL)
7178 return FALSE;
7179 memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len);
7181 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, threaded_name,
7182 SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7183 if (sect == NULL)
7184 return FALSE;
7185 sect->size = size;
7186 sect->filepos = filepos;
7187 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7189 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect);
7192 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7193 solaris 2.5+
7194 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7195 unixware 4.2
7198 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7200 static bfd_boolean
7201 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7203 size_t size;
7204 int offset;
7206 if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
7208 prstatus_t prstat;
7210 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
7211 offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg);
7212 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
7214 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7215 has already been set by another thread. */
7216 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
7217 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
7218 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
7220 /* pr_who exists on:
7221 solaris 2.5+
7222 unixware 4.2
7223 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7224 linux 2.[01]
7226 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7227 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
7228 #endif
7230 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
7231 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t))
7233 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7234 prstatus32_t prstat;
7236 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
7237 offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg);
7238 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
7240 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7241 has already been set by another thread. */
7242 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
7243 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
7244 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
7246 /* pr_who exists on:
7247 solaris 2.5+
7248 unixware 4.2
7249 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7250 linux 2.[01]
7252 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
7253 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
7254 #endif
7256 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
7257 else
7259 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7260 note size (ie. data object type). */
7261 return TRUE;
7264 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
7265 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
7266 size, note->descpos + offset);
7268 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
7270 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
7271 static bfd_boolean
7272 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
7273 char *name,
7274 Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7276 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name,
7277 note->descsz, note->descpos);
7280 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
7281 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
7282 data structure apart. */
7284 static bfd_boolean
7285 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7287 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7290 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
7291 type of 5 (NT_PRXFPREG). Just include the whole note's contents
7292 literally. */
7294 static bfd_boolean
7295 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7297 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
7300 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
7301 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
7302 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7303 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
7304 #endif
7305 #endif
7307 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7308 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
7309 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7310 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
7311 #endif
7312 #endif
7314 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
7315 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
7316 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
7318 char *
7319 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max)
7321 char *dups;
7322 char *end = memchr (start, '\0', max);
7323 size_t len;
7325 if (end == NULL)
7326 len = max;
7327 else
7328 len = end - start;
7330 dups = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1);
7331 if (dups == NULL)
7332 return NULL;
7334 memcpy (dups, start, len);
7335 dups[len] = '\0';
7337 return dups;
7340 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7341 static bfd_boolean
7342 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7344 if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t))
7346 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo;
7348 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
7350 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7351 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
7352 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
7354 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7355 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
7356 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
7358 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
7359 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t))
7361 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7362 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo;
7364 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
7366 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7367 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
7368 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
7370 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7371 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
7372 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
7374 #endif
7376 else
7378 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7379 note size (ie. data object type). */
7380 return TRUE;
7383 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7384 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7385 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7388 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
7389 int n = strlen (command);
7391 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
7392 command[n - 1] = '\0';
7395 return TRUE;
7397 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
7399 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7400 static bfd_boolean
7401 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7403 if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t)
7404 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
7405 || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t)
7406 #endif
7409 pstatus_t pstat;
7411 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
7413 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
7415 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
7416 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t))
7418 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7419 pstatus32_t pstat;
7421 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
7423 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
7425 #endif
7426 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
7427 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
7428 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
7430 return TRUE;
7432 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
7434 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7435 static bfd_boolean
7436 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7438 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
7439 char buf[100];
7440 char *name;
7441 size_t len;
7442 asection *sect;
7444 if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat)
7445 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
7446 && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t)
7447 #endif
7449 return TRUE;
7451 memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat));
7453 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid;
7454 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig;
7456 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7458 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7459 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7460 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7461 if (name == NULL)
7462 return FALSE;
7463 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7465 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7466 if (sect == NULL)
7467 return FALSE;
7469 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7470 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
7471 sect->filepos = note->descpos
7472 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
7473 #endif
7475 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
7476 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg);
7477 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg);
7478 #endif
7480 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7482 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
7483 return FALSE;
7485 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
7487 sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7488 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7489 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7490 if (name == NULL)
7491 return FALSE;
7492 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7494 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7495 if (sect == NULL)
7496 return FALSE;
7498 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7499 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
7500 sect->filepos = note->descpos
7501 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
7502 #endif
7504 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
7505 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg);
7506 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg);
7507 #endif
7509 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7511 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect);
7513 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
7515 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7516 static bfd_boolean
7517 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7519 char buf[30];
7520 char *name;
7521 size_t len;
7522 asection *sect;
7523 win32_pstatus_t pstatus;
7525 if (note->descsz < sizeof (pstatus))
7526 return TRUE;
7528 memcpy (&pstatus, note->descdata, sizeof (pstatus));
7530 switch (pstatus.data_type)
7532 case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS:
7533 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
7534 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = pstatus.data.process_info.signal;
7535 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstatus.data.process_info.pid;
7536 break;
7538 case NOTE_INFO_THREAD:
7539 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7540 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) pstatus.data.thread_info.tid);
7542 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7543 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7544 if (name == NULL)
7545 return FALSE;
7547 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7549 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7550 if (sect == NULL)
7551 return FALSE;
7553 sect->size = sizeof (pstatus.data.thread_info.thread_context);
7554 sect->filepos = (note->descpos
7555 + offsetof (struct win32_pstatus,
7556 data.thread_info.thread_context));
7557 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7559 if (pstatus.data.thread_info.is_active_thread)
7560 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
7561 return FALSE;
7562 break;
7564 case NOTE_INFO_MODULE:
7565 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
7566 sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx",
7567 (long) pstatus.data.module_info.base_address);
7569 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7570 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7571 if (name == NULL)
7572 return FALSE;
7574 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7576 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7578 if (sect == NULL)
7579 return FALSE;
7581 sect->size = note->descsz;
7582 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7583 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7584 break;
7586 default:
7587 return TRUE;
7590 return TRUE;
7592 #endif /* HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T */
7594 static bfd_boolean
7595 elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7597 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7599 switch (note->type)
7601 default:
7602 return TRUE;
7604 case NT_PRSTATUS:
7605 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus)
7606 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note))
7607 return TRUE;
7608 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7609 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note);
7610 #else
7611 return TRUE;
7612 #endif
7614 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7615 case NT_PSTATUS:
7616 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note);
7617 #endif
7619 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7620 case NT_LWPSTATUS:
7621 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note);
7622 #endif
7624 case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
7625 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
7627 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7628 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS:
7629 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note);
7630 #endif
7632 case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */
7633 if (note->namesz == 6
7634 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
7635 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note);
7636 else
7637 return TRUE;
7639 case NT_PRPSINFO:
7640 case NT_PSINFO:
7641 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo)
7642 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note))
7643 return TRUE;
7644 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7645 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note);
7646 #else
7647 return TRUE;
7648 #endif
7650 case NT_AUXV:
7652 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
7653 SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7655 if (sect == NULL)
7656 return FALSE;
7657 sect->size = note->descsz;
7658 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7659 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
7661 return TRUE;
7666 static bfd_boolean
7667 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp)
7669 char *cp;
7671 cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@');
7672 if (cp != NULL)
7674 *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1);
7675 return TRUE;
7677 return FALSE;
7680 static bfd_boolean
7681 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7683 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
7684 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal
7685 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
7687 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
7688 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid
7689 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50);
7691 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
7692 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7693 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31);
7695 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
7696 note);
7699 static bfd_boolean
7700 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7702 int lwp;
7704 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp))
7705 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwp;
7707 if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO)
7709 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
7710 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
7711 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
7712 creates a core file. */
7714 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
7717 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
7718 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
7719 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
7720 understand it. */
7722 if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH)
7723 return TRUE;
7726 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
7728 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
7729 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
7731 case bfd_arch_alpha:
7732 case bfd_arch_sparc:
7733 switch (note->type)
7735 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0:
7736 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
7738 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2:
7739 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7741 default:
7742 return TRUE;
7745 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
7746 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
7748 default:
7749 switch (note->type)
7751 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1:
7752 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
7754 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3:
7755 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7757 default:
7758 return TRUE;
7761 /* NOTREACHED */
7764 static bfd_boolean
7765 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, long *tid)
7767 void *ddata = note->descdata;
7768 char buf[100];
7769 char *name;
7770 asection *sect;
7771 short sig;
7772 unsigned flags;
7774 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
7775 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata);
7777 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
7778 *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4);
7780 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
7781 flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8);
7783 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
7784 if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0)
7786 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = sig;
7787 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
7790 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
7791 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
7792 thread just in case. */
7793 if (flags & 0x00000080)
7794 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
7796 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
7797 sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid);
7799 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
7800 if (name == NULL)
7801 return FALSE;
7802 strcpy (name, buf);
7804 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7805 if (sect == NULL)
7806 return FALSE;
7808 sect->size = note->descsz;
7809 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7810 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7812 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect));
7815 static bfd_boolean
7816 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd,
7817 Elf_Internal_Note *note,
7818 long tid,
7819 char *base)
7821 char buf[100];
7822 char *name;
7823 asection *sect;
7825 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
7826 sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, tid);
7828 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
7829 if (name == NULL)
7830 return FALSE;
7831 strcpy (name, buf);
7833 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7834 if (sect == NULL)
7835 return FALSE;
7837 sect->size = note->descsz;
7838 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7839 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7841 /* This is the current thread. */
7842 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid == tid)
7843 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect);
7845 return TRUE;
7848 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
7849 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
7850 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
7851 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
7853 static bfd_boolean
7854 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7856 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
7857 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
7858 function. */
7859 static long tid = 1;
7861 switch (note->type)
7863 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO:
7864 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note);
7865 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS:
7866 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid);
7867 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG:
7868 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg");
7869 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG:
7870 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2");
7871 default:
7872 return TRUE;
7876 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
7878 Inputs:
7879 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
7880 name of note
7881 type of note
7882 data for note
7883 size of data for note
7885 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
7886 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
7887 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
7888 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
7890 Return:
7891 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
7893 char *
7894 elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd,
7895 char *buf,
7896 int *bufsiz,
7897 const char *name,
7898 int type,
7899 const void *input,
7900 int size)
7902 Elf_External_Note *xnp;
7903 size_t namesz;
7904 size_t newspace;
7905 char *dest;
7907 namesz = 0;
7908 if (name != NULL)
7909 namesz = strlen (name) + 1;
7911 newspace = 12 + ((namesz + 3) & -4) + ((size + 3) & -4);
7913 buf = realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace);
7914 dest = buf + *bufsiz;
7915 *bufsiz += newspace;
7916 xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest;
7917 H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz);
7918 H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz);
7919 H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type);
7920 dest = xnp->name;
7921 if (name != NULL)
7923 memcpy (dest, name, namesz);
7924 dest += namesz;
7925 while (namesz & 3)
7927 *dest++ = '\0';
7928 ++namesz;
7931 memcpy (dest, input, size);
7932 dest += size;
7933 while (size & 3)
7935 *dest++ = '\0';
7936 ++size;
7938 return buf;
7941 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7942 char *
7943 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd,
7944 char *buf,
7945 int *bufsiz,
7946 const char *fname,
7947 const char *psargs)
7949 const char *note_name = "CORE";
7950 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7952 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
7954 char *ret;
7955 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
7956 NT_PRPSINFO, fname, psargs);
7957 if (ret != NULL)
7958 return ret;
7961 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
7962 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
7964 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
7965 psinfo32_t data;
7966 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
7967 #else
7968 prpsinfo32_t data;
7969 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
7970 #endif
7972 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
7973 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
7974 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
7975 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
7976 note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
7978 else
7979 #endif
7981 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7982 psinfo_t data;
7983 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
7984 #else
7985 prpsinfo_t data;
7986 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
7987 #endif
7989 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
7990 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
7991 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
7992 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
7993 note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
7996 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
7998 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7999 char *
8000 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd,
8001 char *buf,
8002 int *bufsiz,
8003 long pid,
8004 int cursig,
8005 const void *gregs)
8007 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8008 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8010 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
8012 char *ret;
8013 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8014 NT_PRSTATUS,
8015 pid, cursig, gregs);
8016 if (ret != NULL)
8017 return ret;
8020 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
8021 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
8023 prstatus32_t prstat;
8025 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
8026 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
8027 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
8028 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
8029 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8030 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
8032 else
8033 #endif
8035 prstatus_t prstat;
8037 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
8038 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
8039 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
8040 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
8041 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8042 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
8045 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
8047 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8048 char *
8049 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd,
8050 char *buf,
8051 int *bufsiz,
8052 long pid,
8053 int cursig,
8054 const void *gregs)
8056 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
8057 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8059 memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat));
8060 lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16;
8061 lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
8062 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8063 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg));
8064 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8065 #if !defined(gregs)
8066 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs,
8067 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs));
8068 #else
8069 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs,
8070 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs));
8071 #endif
8072 #endif
8073 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8074 NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat));
8076 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
8078 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8079 char *
8080 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd,
8081 char *buf,
8082 int *bufsiz,
8083 long pid,
8084 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8085 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8087 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8088 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
8089 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8091 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
8093 pstatus32_t pstat;
8095 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
8096 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
8097 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8098 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
8099 return buf;
8101 else
8102 #endif
8104 pstatus_t pstat;
8106 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
8107 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
8108 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8109 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
8110 return buf;
8113 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
8115 char *
8116 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd,
8117 char *buf,
8118 int *bufsiz,
8119 const void *fpregs,
8120 int size)
8122 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8123 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8124 note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size);
8127 char *
8128 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd,
8129 char *buf,
8130 int *bufsiz,
8131 const void *xfpregs,
8132 int size)
8134 char *note_name = "LINUX";
8135 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8136 note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size);
8139 static bfd_boolean
8140 elfcore_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size)
8142 char *buf;
8143 char *p;
8145 if (size <= 0)
8146 return TRUE;
8148 if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
8149 return FALSE;
8151 buf = bfd_malloc (size);
8152 if (buf == NULL)
8153 return FALSE;
8155 if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size)
8157 error:
8158 free (buf);
8159 return FALSE;
8162 p = buf;
8163 while (p < buf + size)
8165 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
8166 Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p;
8167 Elf_Internal_Note in;
8169 in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type);
8171 in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz);
8172 in.namedata = xnp->name;
8174 in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz);
8175 in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4);
8176 in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf);
8178 if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "NetBSD-CORE"))
8180 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, &in))
8181 goto error;
8183 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "QNX"))
8185 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd, &in))
8186 goto error;
8188 else
8190 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in))
8191 goto error;
8194 p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4);
8197 free (buf);
8198 return TRUE;
8201 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
8203 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
8204 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
8205 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8207 long
8208 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
8210 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8212 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
8213 return -1;
8216 return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr);
8219 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
8220 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
8221 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
8222 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
8224 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
8225 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8228 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs)
8230 int num_phdrs;
8232 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8234 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
8235 return -1;
8238 num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
8239 memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr,
8240 num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
8242 return num_phdrs;
8245 void
8246 _bfd_elf_sprintf_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char *buf, bfd_vma value)
8248 #ifdef BFD64
8249 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8251 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
8252 if (i_ehdrp == NULL)
8253 sprintf_vma (buf, value);
8254 else
8256 if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
8258 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8259 sprintf (buf, "%016lx", value);
8260 #else
8261 sprintf (buf, "%08lx%08lx", _bfd_int64_high (value),
8262 _bfd_int64_low (value));
8263 #endif
8265 else
8266 sprintf (buf, "%08lx", (unsigned long) (value & 0xffffffff));
8268 #else
8269 sprintf_vma (buf, value);
8270 #endif
8273 void
8274 _bfd_elf_fprintf_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *stream, bfd_vma value)
8276 #ifdef BFD64
8277 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8279 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
8280 if (i_ehdrp == NULL)
8281 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream, value);
8282 else
8284 if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
8286 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8287 fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%016lx", value);
8288 #else
8289 fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%08lx%08lx",
8290 _bfd_int64_high (value), _bfd_int64_low (value));
8291 #endif
8293 else
8294 fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%08lx",
8295 (unsigned long) (value & 0xffffffff));
8297 #else
8298 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream, value);
8299 #endif
8302 enum elf_reloc_type_class
8303 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8305 return reloc_class_normal;
8308 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
8309 relocation against a local symbol. */
8311 bfd_vma
8312 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
8313 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
8314 asection **psec,
8315 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
8317 asection *sec = *psec;
8318 bfd_vma relocation;
8320 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
8321 + sec->output_offset
8322 + sym->st_value);
8323 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
8324 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
8325 && sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
8327 rel->r_addend =
8328 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
8329 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8330 sym->st_value + rel->r_addend);
8331 if (sec != *psec)
8333 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
8334 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
8335 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
8336 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
8337 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
8338 if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
8339 sec->kept_section = *psec;
8340 sec = *psec;
8342 rel->r_addend -= relocation;
8343 rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
8345 return relocation;
8348 bfd_vma
8349 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
8350 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
8351 asection **psec,
8352 bfd_vma addend)
8354 asection *sec = *psec;
8356 if (sec->sec_info_type != ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
8357 return sym->st_value + addend;
8359 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
8360 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8361 sym->st_value + addend);
8364 bfd_vma
8365 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd,
8366 struct bfd_link_info *info,
8367 asection *sec,
8368 bfd_vma offset)
8370 switch (sec->sec_info_type)
8372 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS:
8373 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8374 offset);
8375 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME:
8376 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset);
8377 default:
8378 return offset;
8382 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
8383 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
8384 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
8385 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
8386 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
8387 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
8389 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
8390 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
8391 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
8392 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
8393 the remote memory. */
8395 bfd *
8396 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
8397 (bfd *templ,
8398 bfd_vma ehdr_vma,
8399 bfd_vma *loadbasep,
8400 int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, int))
8402 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory)
8403 (templ, ehdr_vma, loadbasep, target_read_memory);
8406 long
8407 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
8408 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8409 asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8410 long dynsymcount,
8411 asymbol **dynsyms,
8412 asymbol **ret)
8414 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8415 asection *relplt;
8416 asymbol *s;
8417 const char *relplt_name;
8418 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
8419 arelent *p;
8420 long count, i, n;
8421 size_t size;
8422 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
8423 char *names;
8424 asection *plt;
8426 *ret = NULL;
8428 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
8429 return 0;
8431 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
8432 return 0;
8434 if (!bed->plt_sym_val)
8435 return 0;
8437 relplt_name = bed->relplt_name;
8438 if (relplt_name == NULL)
8439 relplt_name = bed->default_use_rela_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
8440 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name);
8441 if (relplt == NULL)
8442 return 0;
8444 hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr;
8445 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
8446 || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA))
8447 return 0;
8449 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
8450 if (plt == NULL)
8451 return 0;
8453 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
8454 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
8455 return -1;
8457 count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize;
8458 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
8459 p = relplt->relocation;
8460 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++)
8461 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
8463 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
8464 if (s == NULL)
8465 return -1;
8467 names = (char *) (s + count);
8468 p = relplt->relocation;
8469 n = 0;
8470 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, s++, p++)
8472 size_t len;
8473 bfd_vma addr;
8475 addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p);
8476 if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1)
8477 continue;
8479 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
8480 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
8481 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
8482 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
8483 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
8484 s->section = plt;
8485 s->value = addr - plt->vma;
8486 s->name = names;
8487 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
8488 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
8489 names += len;
8490 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
8491 names += sizeof ("@plt");
8492 ++n;
8495 return n;
8498 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
8499 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
8500 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section,
8501 SEC_IS_COMMON, NULL, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
8503 void
8504 _bfd_elf_set_osabi (bfd * abfd,
8505 struct bfd_link_info * link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8507 Elf_Internal_Ehdr * i_ehdrp; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
8509 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
8511 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi;
8515 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
8516 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
8517 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC. */
8519 bfd_boolean
8520 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type)
8522 return (type == STT_FUNC);